Repair and Diagnosis (Single Page)

You are viewing the full "tree" of links on one page. This can load slowly, but is easier to search. The same page can appear multiple times under a different folder, that is why the page is so large.
View "split tree" where inner folders are split out. where inner links are on separate pages.

Expand All (for easy ctrl-f) Collapse All

• Quick Lookups
  • Common Specs & Procedures
    • Air Conditioning
      • Automatic System
        • Auto A/C Service Specifications
        • Auto A/C Torque Specifications
      • Manual System
        • Manul A/C Service Specifications
        • Manual A/C Torque Specifications
    • Axle Nut/Hub Nut
    • Battery
      • Battery Service Specifications
    • Brakes
      • Bleeding Sequence
        • Notes
        • Brake Bleeding Specifications
      • Brake Specifications
        • Brake Service Specifications
      • Torque Specifications
    • Charging System
      • Generator
        • Generator Service Specifications
        • Generator Torque Specifications
    • Drive Belts
      • Adjustment
        • Drive Belt Specifications & Procedures
      • Drive Belt Routing
    • Engine Cooling
      • Service Specifications
      • Torque Specifications
      • Radiator Cap Pressure
      • Thermostat Removal & Installation
      • Water Pump Removal & Installation
    • Engine Mechanical
      • 3.1L - Century
        • Compression
        • Oil Pressure
        • Overhaul Specifications
        • Torque Specifications
      • 3.8L - Regal
        • Overhaul Specifications
        • Torque Specifications
    • Fluid Specifications
    • Flywheel/Flex Plate Torque
    • Fuel System
      • Fuel Pressure
        • Fuel Pressure Specifications
      • Fuel Pressure Test Procedure
      • Fuel Filter
    • Ignition
      • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
        • Firing Order Specification
      • Ignition Wires
        • Wire Routing
      • Spark Plugs
        • Spark Plug Specifications
    • Starting
      • Starter Motor
        • Notes
        • Starter Service Applications
        • Starter Torque Specifications
    • Wheel Alignment
      • Adjustment Specifications
      • Torque Specifications
    • Wheel & Tire
      • Wheel Lug Nut Torque
  • DTC Index
    • Air Bag DTCS
    • Anti-Lock Brake DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission (4T65-E) DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission - Shift Lock DTCS
    • Body Control Module DTCS
    • Cellular Communication DTCS
    • Cruise Control DTCS
    • Data Link Communication DTCS
    • Engine Electrical DTCS
    • Engine Performance - 3.1L DTCS
    • Engine Performance - 3.8L DTCS
    • Engine Cooling DTCS
    • Entertainment DTCS
    • Horn DTCS
    • HVAC, Automatic DTCS
    • HVAC, Manual DTCS
    • Hydraulic Brake DTCS
    • Instrument Panel DTCS
    • Keyless Entry DTCS
    • Lighting DTCS
    • Retained Accessory Power DTCS
    • Theft Deterrent DTCS
    • Tire Pressure Monitor DTCS
  • Electrical Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
  • Fluids
  • Technical Bulletins
    • Campaigns
    • Safety Recalls
    • Technical Service Bulletins
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Connector End View (RCDLR)
        • AT Inline 20-way Connector End View, Engine Side
        • AT Inline 20-way Connector End View, Transmission Side
        • Stop Lamp (Shift Interlock/TCC) Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side C2
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Internal Mode Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (W/O UE1)
        • Inside Rear View Mirror Connector End View (UE1)
        • Rear Window Defogger Relay Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View (Regal)
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View (Century)
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View (Regal)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End Views C1 (3.1L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End Views C2 (3.1L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector C1 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector C2 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor A Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor B Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Idle Air Control (IAC) Valve Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) C1 Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) C2 Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) C3 Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 1 (L36) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 1 (L67) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 2 (L36) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 2 (L67) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 3 (L36) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 3 (L67) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 4 (L36) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 4 (L67) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 5 (L36) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 5 (L67) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 6 (L36) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 6 (L67) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Idle Air Control (IAC) Valve Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Knock Sensor 1 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Knock Sensor 2 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Supercharger Boost Control Solenoid (L67) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch Connector End View (Regal)
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View (Regal)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (L36/L67)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (LG8)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Switch Connector End View (Regal)
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator Connector End View (Regal)
        • Vehicle Communications Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C1
        • Vehicle Communications Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C2
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM), C1 Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM), C2 (AW6) Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - LF (AW6) Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor - LF (AW6) Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End Views
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Splice Pack Connector End View (SP205)
        • Rear Compartment Lid Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Lock Release Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Relay Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C4
        • Heated Seat Back Element Connector End View - Driver (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Back Element Connector End View - Front Passenger (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - Driver (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - Front Passenger (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Cushion Cover Connector End View - Driver (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Cushion Cover Connector End View - Front Passenger (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Driver (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger (KA1)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (AG1)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger (AG2)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Driver (AG1)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Front Passenger (AG2)
        • Generator Connector End Views
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End Views
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End Views
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End Views - Left
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End Views - Right
        • Blower Motor Connector End Views
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End Views
        • HVAC Control Module, C1 Connector End Views
        • HVAC Control Module, C2 Connector End Views
        • Sunroof Opening Position Switch (SOPS) Connector End View
        • Sunroof Module (Express Open) Connector End View, C1
        • Sunroof Module (Express Open) Connector End View, C2
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Switch - Driver (AG1)
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End Views (Century)
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Switch Connector End Views (Regal)
        • Brake to Shift Relay Connector End Views
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Automatic Headlamp Relay Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Backup Lamp Relay Connector End View
        • Cornering/Marker Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Cornering/Marker Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Dome Lamp Connector End View (W/O CF5, W/O C79)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - LF (Regal)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - RF (Regal)
        • Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View (Regal)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Right
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Right
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View
        • I/P Compartment Lamp/Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Park Lamp Relay Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View
        • Roof Rail Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Left (C79)
        • Roof Rail Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Right (C79)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View, C1
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View, C2
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher Module Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Left (DH6)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Right (DH6)
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Door Lock Connector End View - Driver, C1
        • Door Lock Connector End View - Driver, C2
        • Door Lock Connector End View - Front Passenger, C1
        • Door Lock Connector End View - Front Passenger, C2
        • Door Lock Connector End View - LR, C1
        • Door Lock Connector End View - LR, C2
        • Door Lock Connector End View - RR, C1
        • Door Lock Connector End View - RR, C2
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View
        • Window Master Switch Connector End View - Driver, C1
        • Window Master Switch Connector End View - Driver, C2
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End Views
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End Views - Inside
        • Ambient Outside Air Temperature Sensor Connector End Views
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End Views
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End Views
        • Sunload Sensor Connector End Views
        • Vacuum Control Assembly Connector End Views
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View (U85)
        • Radio Connector End View - C1
        • Radio Connector End View - C2
        • Speaker-LF Door Midrange Connector End View
        • Speaker-LF Door Tweeter Connector End View (U85)
        • Speaker-LR Connector End View (U85)
        • Speaker-LR Connector End View (UQ3/UX7)
        • Speaker-RF Door Midrange Connector End View
        • Speaker-RF Door Tweeter Connector End View (U85)
        • Speaker-RR Connector End View (U85)
        • Speaker-RR Connector End View (UQ3/UX7)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Left (UK3)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Right (UK3)
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Relay Connector End View
        • Cruise Control Module (CCM) Connector End View
        • Cruise Control Release Switch Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Engine Performance
        • 3.1L VIN J
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 3.1L VIN J
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
• Accessories & Equipment
  • Accessories Control Systems
    • Garage Door Opener System
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Garage Door Opener
        • Symptoms - Garage Door Opener
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Garage Door Opener Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Garage Door Opener Programming - Universal
          • Garage Door Opener Programming
          • Training the GDO for Rolling Code Receivers
          • Erasing Channels
      • Description and Operation
        • Garage Door Opener Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Anti-Theft Systems
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Front Door Warning
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Rear Door Warning
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
          • Up/Down or In/Out Adjustment
          • Fore/Aft Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
          • Up/Down or In/Out Adjustment
          • Fore/Aft Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Spring Replacement - Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Spring Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Inside Handle Rod Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Lock Rod Guide Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frozen Lock Cylinder Repair
        • Door Striker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door (With Mini Wedge)
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door (W/O Mini Wedge)
          • Striker Adjustment Using Clay or Caulk
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Window Adjustment - Front Door
          • Causes of Slow Moving Glass
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Rear Door
          • Causes of Slow Moving Glass
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Front Door Frame
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Door Frame
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reveal Molding Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reveal Molding Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Remote
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Individual Window Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock Operation
          • Driver Door Unlock Operation
          • Passenger Door Unlock Operation
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
          • Automatic Door Re-Lock
          • Last Door Closed Locking (LDCL)
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door/Trunk Ajar Indicator
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Keyless Entry System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Keyless Entry Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Keyless Entry Component Views
        • Keyless Entry Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Keyless Entry
        • Diagnostic System Check - Remote Keyless Entry
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1003: Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Programming Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3102: Keyless Entry Data Link Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3103: Keyless Entry Data Link Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3106: Keyless Entry Data Link Parity Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Keyless Entry
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Panic Mode Inoperative
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Programming
      • Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Driver's Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors-Second Operation
          • Lock All Doors
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release
          • Alarm
          • Keyless Transmitter Low Battery Warning
          • Rolling Code
          • Transmitter Resynchronization
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Diagnostic System Check - Theft Deterrent
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2957: Security System Sensor Data Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2958: Security System Sensor Data Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2960: Sec Sys Sensor Data Incorrect but Valid
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031: Security System Controller in Learn Mode
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3094: No Response from ECM/PCM Received
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1626: Theft Deterrent Fuel Enable Signal Lost
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1629: Theft Deterrent Start Enable Signal Not Received
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1630: Theft Deterrent Learn Mode Active
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC/MIL
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631: Theft Deterrent Start Enable Signal Not Correct
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Replacing Keys
        • Adding Keys
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Notes
          • Conditions
          • 10 Minute Learn Procedure
          • 30 Minute Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • SECURITY Indicator
            • Notes
            • Theft Lock Radio (if applicable)
            • VTD Description and Operation
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Ignition Key
          • Ignition Cylinder
          • Body Control Module
          • Crank Relay
          • Powertrain Control Module
          • SECURITY indicator
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Communication Devices
    • Body Control System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Body Control System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Body Control System Component Views
        • Body Control System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Body Control System
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1000: IPC Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1004: Keep Alive Memory (KAM) Reset
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1007: EPROM Read Write Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1009: EEPROM Checksum Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1013: Calibration ROM Checksum Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1334: Device Power #2 (Low Current #2) Circuit Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1339: Device Power #3 Circuit Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1354: Device Ground #2 (Chassis Gnd #2) Circuit Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1422: Device Power Moding Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC C0550: Electronic Control Unit (ECU) Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Body Control System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Mode Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Control Module References
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Programming/RPO Configuration
          • Introduction
          • Setup New Body Control Module (BCM)
      • Description and Operation
        • Body Control System Description and Operation
          • BCM Functions
          • Simple Power Mode Example
          • Serial Data Power Mode
          • Fail-safe Operation
          • Serial Data Messages
          • Discrete Ignition Signals
    • Data Link Communication System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Data Link Communications Schematic Icons
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Data Link Communications Component Views
        • Data Link Communications Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Data Link Communications
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC U1000 and U1255: Class 2 Communication Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1001 To U1254: Module U1XXX Communication
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1300, U1301, or U1305: Class 2 Data Link Shorted
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Data Link Communications
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Scan Tool Does Not Power Up
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Class 2 Device
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Data Link Connector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Data Link Communications Description and Operation
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Class 2 Serial Data Link
          • E and C Serial Data Link
    • Service Programming System
      • Repair Instructions
        • Service Programming System (SPS)
  • Cruise Control Systems
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Cruise Control Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Cruise Control Component Views
      • Cruise Control Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cruise Control
      • Diagnostic System Check - Cruise Control
        • Test Description
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
      • DTC P1554: Cruise Control Feedback Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P1585: Cruise Control Inhibit Output Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Symptoms - Cruise Control
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Cruise Control Indicator Inoperative
      • Cruise Control Inoperative/Malfunctioning
        • Diagnostic Aids
    • Repair Instructions
      • Cruise Control Cable Replacement (3.1L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Cruise Control Cable Replacement (3.8L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Cruise Control Module Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Cruise Release Switch Adjustment
      • Cruise Release Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Cruise Control Description and Operation
  • Entertainment Systems
    • Cellular Communication System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cellular Communication Schematic Icons
        • OnStar Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cellular Communication Component Views
        • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular Communication
        • Diagnostic System Check - Cellular Communication
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2455: Cellular Phone Microphone Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2470: Cellular Phone Antenna Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2476: Cellular Phone Select Service Switch
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2482: Cellular Phone Select Service Switch Range/Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2483 or B2484: Global Positioning System (GPS) Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC U1500: Inter-device Dedicated Bus 1
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • OnStar Steering Wheel Control Functions Inoperative
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
          • Test Description
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Reconfiguration
      • Repair Instructions
        • Coupling Replacement - Antenna Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coupling Replacement - Antenna Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Navigation Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
          • Removal procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OnStar® Steering Wheel Controls
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
    • Entertainment System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics
        • Steering Wheel Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment Component Views
        • Entertainment Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Entertainment
        • Diagnostic System Check - Radio/Audio System
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1001: Option Configuration Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1025, B1035, B1045, or B1055: Audio Output Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1780: Cellular Phone Antenna Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Radio Poor Reception
        • Audio Too Loud at Low Settings
        • Tape Player Weak, Slow, or Garbled Output
        • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative
        • Reduced Volume - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Speaker(s) - Reduced Volume
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Notes
          • One Speaker Inoperative
        • Speakers Inoperative - All
          • Notes
          • All Speakers Inoperative
        • Radio Setup
          • Notes
          • Radio Tuner Calibration
          • Radio Chime Volume Selection
          • Radio Chime Level Selection
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
      • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cassette Player Care and Cleaning
        • Antenna Amplifier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fixed Antenna Mast Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fixed Antenna Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Extension Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Side Door Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Grille Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • AM/FM Reception
            • Radio Signal
              • Notes
              • AM Reception
              • FM Reception
          • Antenna
          • Audio Amplifier
          • Steering Wheel Controls
          • Theft Deterrent (U1P and U1Q only)
          • Theft Deterrent Feature
            • Notes
            • Activating the Theft Deterrent Feature
            • Unlocking the Theft Deterrent Feature after a Power Loss
            • Disabling the Theft Deterrent Feature
            • Removing the Customers Code
            • Adding the Customers Code
            • Obtaining the Radio Display Code (Scrambled Backup Code)
            • Changing the Customers Code
            • Obtaining the Factory Backup Code
          • Tape/CD Player Error Messages
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Exterior Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Lighting Systems
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1482: Inadvertent Power Short to Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2533: Front Fog Lamps Control Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2552: Backup Lamps Control Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2553: Backup Lamps Control Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2559: Courtesy Lamps Ground Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2577: Headlamp Control Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2578: Headlamp Control Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2587: Parklamp Control Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2588: Parklamp Control Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2603: DRL Control #1 Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2608: DRL Control #2 Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2617: Pass Compartment Dimming #2 Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2618: Pass Compartment Dimming #2 Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2647: Ambient Light Sensor Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2648: Ambient Light Sensor Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Cornering Lamps Always On
        • Cornering Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low and High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Illuminated Entry Lamps Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Always On
        • Park Lamps Always On
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Reading Lamp(s) Always On
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Always On
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Rearview Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative - Inside
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Always On
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamp Switch Adjustment
        • Stop Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard and Turn Signal Flasher Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp/Reflector Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Instrument Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trans Floor Shift Control Indicator Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb and/or Cornering, Sidemarker, Park, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Visual Aiming Procedure
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
          • Notes
          • Preparation Procedure
          • Aiming Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Assembly and/or Backup, Sidemarker, Stop, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Side Rail Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Flash to Pass
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Automatic Headlamps and Park Lamps
          • Delayed Headlamp Control
          • Park Brake Input
          • Fog Lamps
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Hazard Lamps
          • Cornering Lamps
          • Park, Tail, Sidemarker, and Rear License Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Lighting System Indicator(s)
            • High Beam
            • Turn Signals
          • Driver Controls and Modules
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lighting
            • Notes
            • Interior Lamps
            • Interior Lamps Features
            • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
            • Courtesy/Illuminated Exit
            • Inadvertent Power Feature
            • Theater Dimming
            • Courtesy Lamps Manual Operation
            • Dome Lamp
            • I/P Compartment Lamp
            • I/P Courtesy Lamp
            • Inside Rear View Mirror Lamp
            • Rear Compartment Lamp
            • Roof Rail Courtesy Lamps
            • Sunshade Mirror Lamps
            • Underhood Compartment Lamp
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
          • Incandescent Dimming
          • Vacuum Fluorescent (VF) Dimming
          • Driver Controls and Modules
  • Gauges & Instrument Panels
    • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0570: Season Odometer Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B0600: Option Content Failure
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B0602: PLL Oscillator Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B0608: Power Moding Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2964: Key In Ignition Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0462: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0520: Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
          • Driver Information Center (DIC)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knee Bolster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Panel Replacement - Outer - Instrument Panel (I/P) Lower Trim
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Adjustment - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Filler Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Driver Information Center Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Cluster Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Console Compartment Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Console Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Floor Console - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Front Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Front Floor Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Odometer
          • PRNDL Display
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Change Oil Soon
          • Low Fuel
          • Low Oil Level
          • Low Oil Pressure
          • Service Vehicle Soon
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • English/Metric Button
          • Mode Button
          • RESET Button
            • Notes
            • Average Fuel Economy (AFE)
              • Notes
              • Instantaneous Fuel Economy (IFE)
              • Trip Range
              • Oil Life Monitor
              • Boost Gage
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation (Audible Warnings)
          • Notes
          • Check Gages Alarm
          • Headlamps On Reminder
          • Key-In-Ignition Reminder
          • Overspeed Warning (Gulf States Export Only)
          • Parking Brake Reminder
          • Turn Signal Reminder
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Headlights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Lighting Systems
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1482: Inadvertent Power Short to Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2533: Front Fog Lamps Control Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2552: Backup Lamps Control Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2553: Backup Lamps Control Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2559: Courtesy Lamps Ground Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2577: Headlamp Control Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2578: Headlamp Control Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2587: Parklamp Control Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2588: Parklamp Control Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2603: DRL Control #1 Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2608: DRL Control #2 Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2617: Pass Compartment Dimming #2 Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2618: Pass Compartment Dimming #2 Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2647: Ambient Light Sensor Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2648: Ambient Light Sensor Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Cornering Lamps Always On
        • Cornering Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low and High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Illuminated Entry Lamps Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Always On
        • Park Lamps Always On
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Reading Lamp(s) Always On
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Always On
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Rearview Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative - Inside
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Always On
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamp Switch Adjustment
        • Stop Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard and Turn Signal Flasher Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp/Reflector Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Instrument Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trans Floor Shift Control Indicator Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb and/or Cornering, Sidemarker, Park, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Visual Aiming Procedure
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
          • Notes
          • Preparation Procedure
          • Aiming Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Assembly and/or Backup, Sidemarker, Stop, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Side Rail Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Flash to Pass
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Automatic Headlamps and Park Lamps
          • Delayed Headlamp Control
          • Park Brake Input
          • Fog Lamps
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Hazard Lamps
          • Cornering Lamps
          • Park, Tail, Sidemarker, and Rear License Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Lighting System Indicator(s)
            • High Beam
            • Turn Signals
          • Driver Controls and Modules
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lighting
            • Notes
            • Interior Lamps
            • Interior Lamps Features
            • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
            • Courtesy/Illuminated Exit
            • Inadvertent Power Feature
            • Theater Dimming
            • Courtesy Lamps Manual Operation
            • Dome Lamp
            • I/P Compartment Lamp
            • I/P Courtesy Lamp
            • Inside Rear View Mirror Lamp
            • Rear Compartment Lamp
            • Roof Rail Courtesy Lamps
            • Sunshade Mirror Lamps
            • Underhood Compartment Lamp
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
          • Incandescent Dimming
          • Vacuum Fluorescent (VF) Dimming
          • Driver Controls and Modules
  • Heated Glass/Defoggers
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • HVAC Control Module
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature without Compass with OnStar®
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Horns Schematic Icons
        • Horns Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horns Component Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
        • Diagnostic System Check - Horns
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2752: Horn Relay Coil Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2753: Horn Relay Coil Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns - Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Steering Wheel And Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Column/Ignition Lock Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Column Shift)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Floor Shift)
        • Steering Wheel and Column Component Views
        • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
        • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
          • Circuit Description
          • System Operation
        • Lock System Does Not Unlock
        • Lock System Does Not Lock
        • Lock System Sticks in Start
        • Key Cannot Be Removed in the Off Lock Position
        • High Lock Effort
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • High Shift Effort
        • Looseness in Steering Column
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seal Replacement - Intermediate Steering Shaft
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement (Floor Shift)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement (Tilt Column)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Lever Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Linear Shift Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Lever Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Theft Deterrent Lock Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Spring Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Upper Bearing Thrust Washer
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket Replacement (Column Shift)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket Replacement (Floor Shift)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security - Some Vehicle Models
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Infotainment
    • Cellular Communication System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cellular Communication Schematic Icons
        • OnStar Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cellular Communication Component Views
        • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular Communication
        • Diagnostic System Check - Cellular Communication
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2455: Cellular Phone Microphone Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2470: Cellular Phone Antenna Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2476: Cellular Phone Select Service Switch
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2482: Cellular Phone Select Service Switch Range/Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2483 or B2484: Global Positioning System (GPS) Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC U1500: Inter-device Dedicated Bus 1
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • OnStar Steering Wheel Control Functions Inoperative
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
          • Test Description
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Reconfiguration
      • Repair Instructions
        • Coupling Replacement - Antenna Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coupling Replacement - Antenna Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Navigation Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
          • Removal procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OnStar® Steering Wheel Controls
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
    • Entertainment System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics
        • Steering Wheel Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment Component Views
        • Entertainment Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Entertainment
        • Diagnostic System Check - Radio/Audio System
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1001: Option Configuration Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1025, B1035, B1045, or B1055: Audio Output Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1780: Cellular Phone Antenna Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Radio Poor Reception
        • Audio Too Loud at Low Settings
        • Tape Player Weak, Slow, or Garbled Output
        • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative
        • Reduced Volume - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Speaker(s) - Reduced Volume
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Notes
          • One Speaker Inoperative
        • Speakers Inoperative - All
          • Notes
          • All Speakers Inoperative
        • Radio Setup
          • Notes
          • Radio Tuner Calibration
          • Radio Chime Volume Selection
          • Radio Chime Level Selection
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
      • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cassette Player Care and Cleaning
        • Antenna Amplifier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fixed Antenna Mast Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fixed Antenna Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Extension Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Side Door Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Grille Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • AM/FM Reception
            • Radio Signal
              • Notes
              • AM Reception
              • FM Reception
          • Antenna
          • Audio Amplifier
          • Steering Wheel Controls
          • Theft Deterrent (U1P and U1Q only)
          • Theft Deterrent Feature
            • Notes
            • Activating the Theft Deterrent Feature
            • Unlocking the Theft Deterrent Feature after a Power Loss
            • Disabling the Theft Deterrent Feature
            • Removing the Customers Code
            • Adding the Customers Code
            • Obtaining the Radio Display Code (Scrambled Backup Code)
            • Changing the Customers Code
            • Obtaining the Factory Backup Code
          • Tape/CD Player Error Messages
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Interior/Exterior Trim
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Front Door Warning
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Rear Door Warning
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
          • Up/Down or In/Out Adjustment
          • Fore/Aft Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
          • Up/Down or In/Out Adjustment
          • Fore/Aft Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Spring Replacement - Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Spring Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Inside Handle Rod Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Lock Rod Guide Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frozen Lock Cylinder Repair
        • Door Striker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door (With Mini Wedge)
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door (W/O Mini Wedge)
          • Striker Adjustment Using Clay or Caulk
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Window Adjustment - Front Door
          • Causes of Slow Moving Glass
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Rear Door
          • Causes of Slow Moving Glass
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Front Door Frame
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Door Frame
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reveal Molding Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reveal Molding Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Remote
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Individual Window Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock Operation
          • Driver Door Unlock Operation
          • Passenger Door Unlock Operation
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
          • Automatic Door Re-Lock
          • Last Door Closed Locking (LDCL)
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door/Trunk Ajar Indicator
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Molding Repair
          • Adhesive Body Side Moldings
          • Adhesive Body Side Moldings End Loose
          • Adhesive Body Side Molding Completely Removed
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Rear Bumper Fascia
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem Replacement - Grille (Regal)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem Replacement - Grille (Century)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Bumper Fascia
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Bumper Fascia
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Door Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Body Side
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Roof Joint
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Decal and Stripe Replacement
          • Notes
          • Stripes or Decals
          • Stripe or Decal Removal
          • Stripe or Decal Installation - Wet Method
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0570: Season Odometer Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B0600: Option Content Failure
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B0602: PLL Oscillator Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B0608: Power Moding Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2964: Key In Ignition Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0462: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0520: Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
          • Driver Information Center (DIC)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knee Bolster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Panel Replacement - Outer - Instrument Panel (I/P) Lower Trim
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Adjustment - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Filler Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Driver Information Center Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Cluster Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Console Compartment Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Console Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Floor Console - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Front Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Front Floor Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Odometer
          • PRNDL Display
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Change Oil Soon
          • Low Fuel
          • Low Oil Level
          • Low Oil Pressure
          • Service Vehicle Soon
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • English/Metric Button
          • Mode Button
          • RESET Button
            • Notes
            • Average Fuel Economy (AFE)
              • Notes
              • Instantaneous Fuel Economy (IFE)
              • Trip Range
              • Oil Life Monitor
              • Boost Gage
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation (Audible Warnings)
          • Notes
          • Check Gages Alarm
          • Headlamps On Reminder
          • Key-In-Ignition Reminder
          • Overspeed Warning (Gulf States Export Only)
          • Parking Brake Reminder
          • Turn Signal Reminder
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Interior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Carpet Retainer Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Retainer Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Carpet Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Barrier Replacement - Rear Seat Back
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Anchor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Windshield Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Lower Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Center Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Lower Center Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter Upper
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter Lower
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Window Shelf
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Interior/Illumination Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Lighting Systems
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1482: Inadvertent Power Short to Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2533: Front Fog Lamps Control Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2552: Backup Lamps Control Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2553: Backup Lamps Control Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2559: Courtesy Lamps Ground Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2577: Headlamp Control Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2578: Headlamp Control Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2587: Parklamp Control Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2588: Parklamp Control Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2603: DRL Control #1 Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2608: DRL Control #2 Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2617: Pass Compartment Dimming #2 Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2618: Pass Compartment Dimming #2 Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2647: Ambient Light Sensor Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2648: Ambient Light Sensor Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Cornering Lamps Always On
        • Cornering Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low and High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Illuminated Entry Lamps Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Always On
        • Park Lamps Always On
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Reading Lamp(s) Always On
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Always On
        • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Rearview Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative - Inside
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Always On
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamp Switch Adjustment
        • Stop Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard and Turn Signal Flasher Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp/Reflector Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Instrument Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trans Floor Shift Control Indicator Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb and/or Cornering, Sidemarker, Park, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Visual Aiming Procedure
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
          • Notes
          • Preparation Procedure
          • Aiming Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Assembly and/or Backup, Sidemarker, Stop, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Side Rail Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Flash to Pass
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Automatic Headlamps and Park Lamps
          • Delayed Headlamp Control
          • Park Brake Input
          • Fog Lamps
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Hazard Lamps
          • Cornering Lamps
          • Park, Tail, Sidemarker, and Rear License Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Lighting System Indicator(s)
            • High Beam
            • Turn Signals
          • Driver Controls and Modules
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lighting
            • Notes
            • Interior Lamps
            • Interior Lamps Features
            • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
            • Courtesy/Illuminated Exit
            • Inadvertent Power Feature
            • Theater Dimming
            • Courtesy Lamps Manual Operation
            • Dome Lamp
            • I/P Compartment Lamp
            • I/P Courtesy Lamp
            • Inside Rear View Mirror Lamp
            • Rear Compartment Lamp
            • Roof Rail Courtesy Lamps
            • Sunshade Mirror Lamps
            • Underhood Compartment Lamp
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
          • Incandescent Dimming
          • Vacuum Fluorescent (VF) Dimming
          • Driver Controls and Modules
  • Memory Modules
    • Personalization Systems
      • Description and Operation
        • Personalization Description and Operation
        • Vehicle Personalization
          • Modes of Operation
            • Automatic Door Locks
            • Delayed Locking
            • Perimeter Lighting
            • Remote Activation Verification
          • Programming Features
            • Enter Programming
            • Automatic Door Locks
            • Delayed Headlamp Illumination
            • Delayed Locking
            • Perimeter Lighting
            • Remote Activation Verification
            • Exit Programming
          • Programming Features with the Tech 2
            • Notes
            • Automatic Door Locks
            • Last Door Closed Locking Mode
            • Remote Unlock Verification Mode
            • Remote Lock Verification Mode
            • Delayed Headlamp Illumination Mode
            • Perimeter Lighting
            • Trap Alert System
          • Additional Information
  • Mirrors
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Front Door Warning
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Rear Door Warning
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
          • Up/Down or In/Out Adjustment
          • Fore/Aft Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
          • Up/Down or In/Out Adjustment
          • Fore/Aft Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Spring Replacement - Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Spring Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Inside Handle Rod Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Lock Rod Guide Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frozen Lock Cylinder Repair
        • Door Striker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door (With Mini Wedge)
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door (W/O Mini Wedge)
          • Striker Adjustment Using Clay or Caulk
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Window Adjustment - Front Door
          • Causes of Slow Moving Glass
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Rear Door
          • Causes of Slow Moving Glass
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Front Door Frame
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Door Frame
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reveal Molding Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reveal Molding Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Remote
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Individual Window Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock Operation
          • Driver Door Unlock Operation
          • Passenger Door Unlock Operation
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
          • Automatic Door Re-Lock
          • Last Door Closed Locking (LDCL)
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door/Trunk Ajar Indicator
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • HVAC Control Module
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature without Compass with OnStar®
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Seats
    • Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Driver Seat Schematics
        • Passenger Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Systems Component Views
        • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Symptoms - Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Seat Inoperative
        • Heated Seat Always On
        • Heated Seat Inoperative
        • Power Seat Adjuster Mechanical Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Replacement - Split Bench
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Front Bucket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover Replacement - Front (Split Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover Replacement - Front (Bucket Seat)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Front (Split Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Front (Bucket Seat)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Track Cover Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Switch Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Phase Adjustment - Power
        • Seat Adjustments - Front
          • Seat Adjustment at Floorpan Attachment
        • Drive Cable Replacement - Horizontal
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Cable Replacement - Vertical
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Seat Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Heater Element Replacement - Front
        • Heated Seat Control Module Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Retainer Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement - Front Seat
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Retainer Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear (Non-folding)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear (Folding)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear (Fixed)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear (Folding)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Bolster Replacement - Rear Split Folding
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover Replacement - Rear Folding
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Pad Replacement - Rear (Folding)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Pad Replacement - Rear (Non-Folding)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat (Folding)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat (Non-Folding)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Folding Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation
          • Power Seat System Components
          • Power Seat Operation
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation
          • Heated Seat System Components
          • Heated Seat System Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Steering Column Switches
    • Steering Wheel And Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Column/Ignition Lock Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Column Shift)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Floor Shift)
        • Steering Wheel and Column Component Views
        • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
        • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
          • Circuit Description
          • System Operation
        • Lock System Does Not Unlock
        • Lock System Does Not Lock
        • Lock System Sticks in Start
        • Key Cannot Be Removed in the Off Lock Position
        • High Lock Effort
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • High Shift Effort
        • Looseness in Steering Column
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seal Replacement - Intermediate Steering Shaft
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement (Floor Shift)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement (Tilt Column)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Lever Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Linear Shift Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Lever Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Theft Deterrent Lock Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Spring Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Upper Bearing Thrust Washer
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket Replacement (Column Shift)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket Replacement (Floor Shift)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security - Some Vehicle Models
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Warning Systems
    • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Tire Pressure Monitoring
        • Diagnostic System Check - Tire Pressure Monitoring
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2818: Low Tire Pressure System Reset Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1245: Low Tire Pressure Detected
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Tire Pressure Monitoring
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Inoperative
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Does Not Reset
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Reset Procedure
          • Notes
          • Using the RESET button
          • Using the Scan Tool
      • Description and Operation
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Description and Operation
  • Window Motors & Regulators
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Front Door Warning
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Rear Door Warning
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
          • Up/Down or In/Out Adjustment
          • Fore/Aft Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
          • Up/Down or In/Out Adjustment
          • Fore/Aft Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Spring Replacement - Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Spring Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Inside Handle Rod Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Lock Rod Guide Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frozen Lock Cylinder Repair
        • Door Striker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door (With Mini Wedge)
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door (W/O Mini Wedge)
          • Striker Adjustment Using Clay or Caulk
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Window Adjustment - Front Door
          • Causes of Slow Moving Glass
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Rear Door
          • Causes of Slow Moving Glass
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Front Door Frame
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Door Frame
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reveal Molding Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reveal Molding Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Remote
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Individual Window Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock Operation
          • Driver Door Unlock Operation
          • Passenger Door Unlock Operation
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
          • Automatic Door Re-Lock
          • Last Door Closed Locking (LDCL)
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door/Trunk Ajar Indicator
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • HVAC Control Module
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature without Compass with OnStar®
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wiper/Washer Systems
    • Wiper System & Washer System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Wiper/Washer System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Wiper/Washer System Component Views
        • Wiper/Washer System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wiper/Washer Systems
        • Symptoms - Wiper/Washer Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Washer Fluid Indicator Malfunction
        • Washers Always On
        • Washers Inoperative
        • Wipers Always On
        • Wipers Inoperative - All Modes
        • Wipers Inoperative - One or More Modes
          • Test Description
        • Wipers Blades Do Not Park
        • Wiper Arm Tip Pressure Check
          • Wiper Arm Pressure Check
        • Wiper Blade Element Check
      • Repair Instructions
        • Washer Solvent Container Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Solvent Container Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Solvent Container Filler Neck Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hose Replacement - Windshield Washer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Blade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Blade Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Water Deflector Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Drive System Module Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Transmission Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Crank Arm Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Chatter Repair
        • Windshield Glass Cleaning
        • Blade Element Cleaning
      • Description and Operation
        • Wiper/Washer System Description and Operation
          • Wiper/Washer System Components
          • Wiper/Washer System Operation
          • Wiper/Washer System Description
          • Low Speed Operation
          • High Speed Operation
          • Intermittent Operation
          • Park Position Operation
          • Mist Operation
          • Washer Operation
          • Low Washer Fluid Indicator
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Body & Frame
  • Door Locks
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Front Door Warning
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Rear Door Warning
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
          • Up/Down or In/Out Adjustment
          • Fore/Aft Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
          • Up/Down or In/Out Adjustment
          • Fore/Aft Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Spring Replacement - Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Spring Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Inside Handle Rod Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Lock Rod Guide Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frozen Lock Cylinder Repair
        • Door Striker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door (With Mini Wedge)
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door (W/O Mini Wedge)
          • Striker Adjustment Using Clay or Caulk
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Window Adjustment - Front Door
          • Causes of Slow Moving Glass
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Rear Door
          • Causes of Slow Moving Glass
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Front Door Frame
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Door Frame
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reveal Molding Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reveal Molding Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Remote
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Individual Window Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock Operation
          • Driver Door Unlock Operation
          • Passenger Door Unlock Operation
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
          • Automatic Door Re-Lock
          • Last Door Closed Locking (LDCL)
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door/Trunk Ajar Indicator
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Keyless Entry System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Keyless Entry Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Keyless Entry Component Views
        • Keyless Entry Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Keyless Entry
        • Diagnostic System Check - Remote Keyless Entry
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1003: Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Programming Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3102: Keyless Entry Data Link Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3103: Keyless Entry Data Link Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3106: Keyless Entry Data Link Parity Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Keyless Entry
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Panic Mode Inoperative
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Programming
      • Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Driver's Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors-Second Operation
          • Lock All Doors
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release
          • Alarm
          • Keyless Transmitter Low Battery Warning
          • Rolling Code
          • Transmitter Resynchronization
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Diagnostic System Check - Theft Deterrent
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2957: Security System Sensor Data Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2958: Security System Sensor Data Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2960: Sec Sys Sensor Data Incorrect but Valid
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031: Security System Controller in Learn Mode
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3094: No Response from ECM/PCM Received
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1626: Theft Deterrent Fuel Enable Signal Lost
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1629: Theft Deterrent Start Enable Signal Not Received
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1630: Theft Deterrent Learn Mode Active
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC/MIL
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631: Theft Deterrent Start Enable Signal Not Correct
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Replacing Keys
        • Adding Keys
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Notes
          • Conditions
          • 10 Minute Learn Procedure
          • 30 Minute Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • SECURITY Indicator
            • Notes
            • Theft Lock Radio (if applicable)
            • VTD Description and Operation
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Ignition Key
          • Ignition Cylinder
          • Body Control Module
          • Crank Relay
          • Powertrain Control Module
          • SECURITY indicator
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Exterior Body Panels
    • Air/Wind Noise Symptoms
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Air/Wind Noise
        • Tracing Powder or Chalk Test
        • Air Pressure Test
        • Soap Suds or Bubble Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Exterior Windnoise
        • Interior Windnoise
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Body Front End
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Hood Adjustment
        • Hood Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Hinge Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Support Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Release Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Release Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Rod Replacement - Hood
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fender Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brace Replacement - Front Fender Upper Diagonal
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brace Replacement - Cross Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Inlet Grille Panel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seal Replacement - Hood Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seal Replacement - Plenum to Hood
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seal Replacement - Hood Rear Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Fender Liner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fender Sound Insulator Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Splash Shield Replacement - Engine
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Dash Mat Replacement - Side
      • Description and Operation
        • Body Front End Description
        • Front End Sealing Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Body Rear End
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Body Rear End Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Body Rear End Component Views
        • Body Rear End Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Body Rear End
        • Diagnostic System Check - Body Rear End
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3267
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3268
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Body Rear End
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Trunk Release Inoperative
        • Trunk Ajar Indicator Always On
        • Trunk Ajar Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Compartment Lid Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Lid Ajar Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Sill Plate Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Trim Panel Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Lid Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filler Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filler Pocket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Lid Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pressure Relief Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Compartment Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Luggage Compartment Description and Operation
          • Luggage Compartment
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Bumper System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Inspection After Collision
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Bumper Fascia Deflector Replacement - Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Replacement - Front Bumper
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Grille Replacement (Regal)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Grille Replacement (Century)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Bracket Replacement - Front Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Support Replacement - Front Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Support Replacement - Front Bumper Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Support Replacement - Front Bumper Lower
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Impact Bar Replacement - Front Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Replacement - Rear Bumper
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Splash Shield Replacement - Rear Bumper Fascia - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Splash Shield Replacement - Rear Bumper Fascia - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Reinforcement Replacement - Rear Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Impact Bar Replacement - Rear Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Bumper and Fascia Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Squeaks And Rattles
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Squeaks and Rattles
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Water Leaks
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Waterleak Test Preparation
        • Dust Leaks
        • Water Hose Test
        • Air Hose Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Waterleak Repair
        • Stationary Window Waterleak Repair
  • Exterior/Interior Trim
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Front Door Warning
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Rear Door Warning
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
          • Up/Down or In/Out Adjustment
          • Fore/Aft Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
          • Up/Down or In/Out Adjustment
          • Fore/Aft Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Spring Replacement - Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Spring Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Inside Handle Rod Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Lock Rod Guide Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frozen Lock Cylinder Repair
        • Door Striker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door (With Mini Wedge)
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door (W/O Mini Wedge)
          • Striker Adjustment Using Clay or Caulk
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Window Adjustment - Front Door
          • Causes of Slow Moving Glass
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Rear Door
          • Causes of Slow Moving Glass
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Front Door Frame
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Door Frame
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reveal Molding Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reveal Molding Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Remote
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Individual Window Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock Operation
          • Driver Door Unlock Operation
          • Passenger Door Unlock Operation
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
          • Automatic Door Re-Lock
          • Last Door Closed Locking (LDCL)
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door/Trunk Ajar Indicator
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Molding Repair
          • Adhesive Body Side Moldings
          • Adhesive Body Side Moldings End Loose
          • Adhesive Body Side Molding Completely Removed
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Rear Bumper Fascia
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem Replacement - Grille (Regal)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem Replacement - Grille (Century)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Bumper Fascia
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Bumper Fascia
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Door Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Body Side
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Roof Joint
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Decal and Stripe Replacement
          • Notes
          • Stripes or Decals
          • Stripe or Decal Removal
          • Stripe or Decal Installation - Wet Method
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0570: Season Odometer Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B0600: Option Content Failure
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B0602: PLL Oscillator Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B0608: Power Moding Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2964: Key In Ignition Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0462: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0520: Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
          • Driver Information Center (DIC)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knee Bolster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Panel Replacement - Outer - Instrument Panel (I/P) Lower Trim
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Adjustment - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Filler Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Driver Information Center Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Cluster Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Console Compartment Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Console Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Floor Console - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Front Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Front Floor Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Odometer
          • PRNDL Display
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Change Oil Soon
          • Low Fuel
          • Low Oil Level
          • Low Oil Pressure
          • Service Vehicle Soon
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • English/Metric Button
          • Mode Button
          • RESET Button
            • Notes
            • Average Fuel Economy (AFE)
              • Notes
              • Instantaneous Fuel Economy (IFE)
              • Trip Range
              • Oil Life Monitor
              • Boost Gage
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation (Audible Warnings)
          • Notes
          • Check Gages Alarm
          • Headlamps On Reminder
          • Key-In-Ignition Reminder
          • Overspeed Warning (Gulf States Export Only)
          • Parking Brake Reminder
          • Turn Signal Reminder
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Interior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Carpet Retainer Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Retainer Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Carpet Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Barrier Replacement - Rear Seat Back
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Anchor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Windshield Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Lower Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Center Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Lower Center Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter Upper
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter Lower
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Window Shelf
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Frames, Subframes & Crossmembers
    • Frame And Underbody
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Frame Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frame Cushion or Insulator Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frame Cushion or Insulator Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Steering Wheel And Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Column/Ignition Lock Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Column Shift)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Floor Shift)
        • Steering Wheel and Column Component Views
        • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
        • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
          • Circuit Description
          • System Operation
        • Lock System Does Not Unlock
        • Lock System Does Not Lock
        • Lock System Sticks in Start
        • Key Cannot Be Removed in the Off Lock Position
        • High Lock Effort
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • High Shift Effort
        • Looseness in Steering Column
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seal Replacement - Intermediate Steering Shaft
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement (Floor Shift)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement (Tilt Column)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Lever Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Linear Shift Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Lever Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Theft Deterrent Lock Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Spring Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Upper Bearing Thrust Washer
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket Replacement (Column Shift)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket Replacement (Floor Shift)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security - Some Vehicle Models
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Mirrors
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Front Door Warning
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Rear Door Warning
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
          • Up/Down or In/Out Adjustment
          • Fore/Aft Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
          • Up/Down or In/Out Adjustment
          • Fore/Aft Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Spring Replacement - Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Spring Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Inside Handle Rod Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Lock Rod Guide Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frozen Lock Cylinder Repair
        • Door Striker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door (With Mini Wedge)
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door (W/O Mini Wedge)
          • Striker Adjustment Using Clay or Caulk
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Window Adjustment - Front Door
          • Causes of Slow Moving Glass
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Rear Door
          • Causes of Slow Moving Glass
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Front Door Frame
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Door Frame
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reveal Molding Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reveal Molding Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Remote
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Individual Window Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock Operation
          • Driver Door Unlock Operation
          • Passenger Door Unlock Operation
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
          • Automatic Door Re-Lock
          • Last Door Closed Locking (LDCL)
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door/Trunk Ajar Indicator
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • HVAC Control Module
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature without Compass with OnStar®
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Seats
    • Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Driver Seat Schematics
        • Passenger Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Systems Component Views
        • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Symptoms - Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Seat Inoperative
        • Heated Seat Always On
        • Heated Seat Inoperative
        • Power Seat Adjuster Mechanical Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Replacement - Split Bench
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Front Bucket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover Replacement - Front (Split Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover Replacement - Front (Bucket Seat)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Front (Split Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Front (Bucket Seat)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Track Cover Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Switch Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Phase Adjustment - Power
        • Seat Adjustments - Front
          • Seat Adjustment at Floorpan Attachment
        • Drive Cable Replacement - Horizontal
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Cable Replacement - Vertical
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Seat Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Heater Element Replacement - Front
        • Heated Seat Control Module Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Retainer Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement - Front Seat
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Retainer Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear (Non-folding)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear (Folding)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear (Fixed)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear (Folding)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Bolster Replacement - Rear Split Folding
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover Replacement - Rear Folding
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Pad Replacement - Rear (Folding)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Pad Replacement - Rear (Non-Folding)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat (Folding)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat (Non-Folding)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Folding Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation
          • Power Seat System Components
          • Power Seat Operation
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation
          • Heated Seat System Components
          • Heated Seat System Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Sun Roof/T-Top/Convertible Top
    • Sunroof System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Sunroof Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Roof Systems Component Views
        • Power Roof Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Roof
          • Notes
          • Symptoms
        • Diagnostic System Check - Power Sunroof
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Roof
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Sunroof Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Power Sunroof Does Not Open
          • Test Description
        • Power Sunroof Express Open Feature Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Power Sunroof Does Not Open to Vent Position
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Sunroof Window Height and Opening Fit Adjustment
        • Sunroof Drain Hose Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Drain Hose Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Drain Inspection and Cleaning
          • Drain Hose Routing
          • Plugged Drain Hose
          • Disconnected Drain Hose
        • Sunroof Sunshade Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Weatherstrip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Module Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Sunshade Stop Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Opening Position Switch Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Sunroof Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Power Sunroof System Components
          • Power Sunroof Operation
          • To Vent Open
          • To Close from Vent Position
          • Express Open
          • To Close from Open Position
          • Sunroof Motor
          • Limit Switches
  • Windows
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Front Door Warning
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reflector Replacement - Rear Door Warning
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
          • Up/Down or In/Out Adjustment
          • Fore/Aft Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
          • Up/Down or In/Out Adjustment
          • Fore/Aft Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Spring Replacement - Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Spring Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Inside Handle Rod Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Rod Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Lock Rod Guide Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frozen Lock Cylinder Repair
        • Door Striker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door (With Mini Wedge)
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door (W/O Mini Wedge)
          • Striker Adjustment Using Clay or Caulk
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Window Adjustment - Front Door
          • Causes of Slow Moving Glass
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Rear Door
          • Causes of Slow Moving Glass
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Front Door Frame
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Door Frame
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reveal Molding Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reveal Molding Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rubber Conduit Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Remote
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Driver Window Operation
          • Express Down Feature
          • Lockout Switch Feature
          • Individual Window Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Door Lock Operation
          • Driver Door Unlock Operation
          • Passenger Door Unlock Operation
          • Lockout Prevention
          • Automatic Door Lock/Unlock
          • Automatic Door Re-Lock
          • Last Door Closed Locking (LDCL)
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door/Trunk Ajar Indicator
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Heated Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • HVAC Control Module
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature without Compass with OnStar®
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Brakes
  • Anti-Lock Brakes
    • Antilock Brake System And Traction Control System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • ABS Schematic Icons
        • ABS Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • ABS Component Views
        • ABS Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Antilock Brake System
        • Diagnostic System Check - ABS
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • Enhanced Diagnostics
          • History Data
          • Diagnostic Strategy
        • DTC B2747
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1214
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Criteria 1
            • Criteria 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1216
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C1217
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1218
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1221-C1235
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C1221 through C1228
            • C1232 through C1235
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C1221 through C1224
            • C1225 through C1228
            • C1232 through C1235
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • C1221 through C1224
            • C1225 through C1228
            • C1232 through C1235
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1236
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1237
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1238
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1242 or C1243
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C1242
            • C1243
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C1242
            • C1243
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1248
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1254
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1255 or C1256
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • C1255
            • C1256
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1261-C1274
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1275
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C1276, P1644, or P1689
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C1276
            • P1644 or P1689
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1277 or P0856
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C1277
            • P0856
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1278
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C1291
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1294
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1295
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Antilock Brake System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • ABS Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • ABS Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Low Traction Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Low Traction Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure
          • Notes
          • Bleeding the ABS System
          • Automated Bleed Procedure
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Traction Control Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • ABS Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Initialization Sequence
          • Antilock Brake System
          • Pressure Hold
          • Pressure Decrease
          • Pressure Increase
          • Traction Control System (TCS) (NW9)
          • Traction Control System (TCS) (NW7)
          • ABS Indicator
          • Traction Control System Indicator(s)
            • TRAC Off
            • Low TRAC
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Mechanical - Hydraulic
    • Disc Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Disc Brake Component Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Disc Brakes
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Measurement
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Variation Measurement
        • Brake Rotor Surface and Wear Inspection
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Measurement
        • Brake Pad Inspection
        • Brake Caliper Inspection
        • Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection - Front
        • Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection - Rear
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pads Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pads Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Burnishing Pads and Rotors
        • Brake Caliper Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Overhaul - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Overhaul - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Disc Brake Hardware Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Disc Brake Hardware Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Replacement - Front (RPO J65, JL9)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Disc Brake Backing Plate Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction - Indexing
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction - Correction Plates
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction - On-Vehicle Lathe
        • Brake Rotor Refinishing
      • Description and Operation
        • Disc Brake System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Hydraulic Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Brake Component Specifications
        • Brake System Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Brake Warning System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Hydraulic Brakes Component Views
        • Hydraulic Brakes Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Hydraulic Brakes
        • Diagnostic System Check - Hydraulic Brakes
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC C1247: Low Brake Fluid Detected
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Hydraulic Brakes
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Brake Warning Indicator Always On
        • Brake Warning Indicator Inoperative
        • Brake Pulsation
          • Test Description
        • Brake System Noise
        • Braking Action Uneven - Pulls to One Side
          • Test Description
        • Braking Action Uneven - Front to Rear
          • Test Description
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Travel
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Effort
        • Brakes Drag
        • Brake System Slow Release
        • Brake Fluid Loss
        • Disc Brake System Diagnosis
          • Test Description
        • Hydraulic Brake System Diagnosis
        • Brake Assist System Diagnosis
        • Brake System Vehicle Road Test
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Road Testing Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Travel Measurement and Inspection
        • Brake System Vacuum Source Test
        • Brake System External Leak Inspection
        • Brake System Internal Leak Test
        • Hydraulic Brake Component Operation Visual Inspection
        • Brake Pipe and Hose Inspection
        • Brake Pedal Pushrod Inspection
      • Repair Instructions
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Filling
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Overhaul
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Bench Bleeding
        • Master Cylinder Fluid Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Proportioning Valve Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pipe Replacement
        • Brake Hose Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Hose Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Manual)
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Pressure)
        • Hydraulic Brake System Flushing
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Replacement (3.1L)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Replacement (3.8L)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Check Valve and/or Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Brake Fluid and Brake Fluid Handling
        • Brake Warning System Description and Operation
          • Brake System Indicator
        • Hydraulic Brake System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
        • Brake Assist System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Parking Brake System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Park Brake
      • Symptoms - Park Brake
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptom List
      • Park Brake Will Not Hold or Release
      • Park Brake System Diagnosis
      • Park Brake Shoe Inspection
    • Repair Instructions
      • Park Brake Shoe Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Warning Lamp Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Replacement - Front
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Replacement - Rear (Z7U)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Equalizer Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Actuator Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Adjustment
    • Description and Operation
      • Park Brake System Description and Operation
        • System Component Description
        • System Operation
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Antilock Brake System And Traction Control System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • ABS Schematic Icons
      • ABS Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • ABS Component Views
      • ABS Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Antilock Brake System
      • Diagnostic System Check - ABS
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
      • Enhanced Diagnostics
        • History Data
        • Diagnostic Strategy
      • DTC B2747
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1214
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Criteria 1
          • Criteria 2
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1216
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C1217
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1218
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1221-C1235
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • C1221 through C1228
          • C1232 through C1235
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C1221 through C1224
          • C1225 through C1228
          • C1232 through C1235
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
          • C1221 through C1224
          • C1225 through C1228
          • C1232 through C1235
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1236
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1237
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1238
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1242 or C1243
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • C1242
          • C1243
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C1242
          • C1243
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1248
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1254
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1255 or C1256
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • C1255
          • C1256
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1261-C1274
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1275
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C1276, P1644, or P1689
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C1276
          • P1644 or P1689
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1277 or P0856
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C1277
          • P0856
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1278
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C1291
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1294
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C1295
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Symptoms - Antilock Brake System
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • ABS Indicator Always On
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • ABS Indicator Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Low Traction Indicator Always On
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Low Traction Indicator Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Traction Off Indicator Always On
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
    • Repair Instructions
      • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure
        • Notes
        • Bleeding the ABS System
        • Automated Bleed Procedure
      • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Bracket Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Front
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Rear
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Traction Control Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • ABS Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Initialization Sequence
        • Antilock Brake System
        • Pressure Hold
        • Pressure Decrease
        • Pressure Increase
        • Traction Control System (TCS) (NW9)
        • Traction Control System (TCS) (NW7)
        • ABS Indicator
        • Traction Control System Indicator(s)
          • TRAC Off
          • Low TRAC
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
• Drivelines & Axles
  • Axle Shafts
    • Wheel Drive Shafts
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wheel Drive Shafts
        • Click Noise In Turns
        • Clunk Noise When Accelerating During Turns
        • Shudder or Vibration During Acceleration
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Inner Joint and Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Outer Joint and Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Boots (Seals) And Clamps
          • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Tri-pot Joint (Inner Joint)
          • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Constant Velocity Joint (Outer Joint)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Electrical
  • Body Electrical
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Connector End View (RCDLR)
        • AT Inline 20-way Connector End View, Engine Side
        • AT Inline 20-way Connector End View, Transmission Side
        • Stop Lamp (Shift Interlock/TCC) Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side C2
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Internal Mode Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (W/O UE1)
        • Inside Rear View Mirror Connector End View (UE1)
        • Rear Window Defogger Relay Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View (Regal)
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View (Century)
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View (Regal)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End Views C1 (3.1L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End Views C2 (3.1L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector C1 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector C2 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor A Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor B Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Idle Air Control (IAC) Valve Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) C1 Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) C2 Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) C3 Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 1 (L36) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 1 (L67) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 2 (L36) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 2 (L67) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 3 (L36) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 3 (L67) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 4 (L36) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 4 (L67) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 5 (L36) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 5 (L67) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 6 (L36) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 6 (L67) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Idle Air Control (IAC) Valve Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Knock Sensor 1 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Knock Sensor 2 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Supercharger Boost Control Solenoid (L67) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch Connector End View (Regal)
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View (Regal)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (L36/L67)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (LG8)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Switch Connector End View (Regal)
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator Connector End View (Regal)
        • Vehicle Communications Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C1
        • Vehicle Communications Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C2
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM), C1 Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM), C2 (AW6) Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - LF (AW6) Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor - LF (AW6) Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End Views
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Splice Pack Connector End View (SP205)
        • Rear Compartment Lid Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Lock Release Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Relay Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C4
        • Heated Seat Back Element Connector End View - Driver (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Back Element Connector End View - Front Passenger (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - Driver (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - Front Passenger (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Cushion Cover Connector End View - Driver (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Cushion Cover Connector End View - Front Passenger (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Driver (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger (KA1)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (AG1)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger (AG2)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Driver (AG1)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Front Passenger (AG2)
        • Generator Connector End Views
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End Views
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End Views
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End Views - Left
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End Views - Right
        • Blower Motor Connector End Views
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End Views
        • HVAC Control Module, C1 Connector End Views
        • HVAC Control Module, C2 Connector End Views
        • Sunroof Opening Position Switch (SOPS) Connector End View
        • Sunroof Module (Express Open) Connector End View, C1
        • Sunroof Module (Express Open) Connector End View, C2
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Switch - Driver (AG1)
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End Views (Century)
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Switch Connector End Views (Regal)
        • Brake to Shift Relay Connector End Views
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Automatic Headlamp Relay Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Backup Lamp Relay Connector End View
        • Cornering/Marker Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Cornering/Marker Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Dome Lamp Connector End View (W/O CF5, W/O C79)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - LF (Regal)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - RF (Regal)
        • Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View (Regal)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Right
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Right
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View
        • I/P Compartment Lamp/Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Park Lamp Relay Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View
        • Roof Rail Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Left (C79)
        • Roof Rail Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Right (C79)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View, C1
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View, C2
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher Module Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Left (DH6)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Right (DH6)
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Door Lock Connector End View - Driver, C1
        • Door Lock Connector End View - Driver, C2
        • Door Lock Connector End View - Front Passenger, C1
        • Door Lock Connector End View - Front Passenger, C2
        • Door Lock Connector End View - LR, C1
        • Door Lock Connector End View - LR, C2
        • Door Lock Connector End View - RR, C1
        • Door Lock Connector End View - RR, C2
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View
        • Window Master Switch Connector End View - Driver, C1
        • Window Master Switch Connector End View - Driver, C2
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End Views
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End Views - Inside
        • Ambient Outside Air Temperature Sensor Connector End Views
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End Views
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End Views
        • Sunload Sensor Connector End Views
        • Vacuum Control Assembly Connector End Views
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View (U85)
        • Radio Connector End View - C1
        • Radio Connector End View - C2
        • Speaker-LF Door Midrange Connector End View
        • Speaker-LF Door Tweeter Connector End View (U85)
        • Speaker-LR Connector End View (U85)
        • Speaker-LR Connector End View (UQ3/UX7)
        • Speaker-RF Door Midrange Connector End View
        • Speaker-RF Door Tweeter Connector End View (U85)
        • Speaker-RR Connector End View (U85)
        • Speaker-RR Connector End View (UQ3/UX7)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Left (UK3)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Right (UK3)
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Relay Connector End View
        • Cruise Control Module (CCM) Connector End View
        • Cruise Control Release Switch Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
    • Power Outlets
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Auxiliary Outlets Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Outlet Component Views
        • Power Outlet Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Cigar Lighter Housing Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cigar Lighter Housing Replacement - Floor Console
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement - Floor Console
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Retained Accessory Power System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Component Views
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Retained Accessory Power
        • Diagnostic System Check - Retained Accessory Power
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1477: Retained Accessory Power Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1478: Retained Accessory Power Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Retained Accessory Power
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
      • Description and Operation
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • Relay Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
    • Wiring Systems
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
            • Notes
            • Round Wire Connectors
            • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro. 64 Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - Underhood, Label
          • Fuse Block - Underhood, Top View (LG8)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood, Top View (L36w/T90)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood, Top View (L67 w/T90)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood, Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - I/P, Label
          • Fuse Block - I/P, Top View
          • Fuse Block - I/P, Bottom View
        • Inline Harness Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Charging Systems
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Starter Motor Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Electrical
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1327: Device Power Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1328: Device Power Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0560: System Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0620: Generator Performance With F Terminal
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Notes
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (3.8L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (3.1L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Brace Replacement (L36)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Brace Replacement (L67)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (3.1L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (3.8L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Generator
          • Regulator
          • Circuit Description
          • Charging System Indicator
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
  • Fuses & Circuit Breakers
    • Identification
      • Notes
      • Fusible Links
      • Instrument Panel Fuse Block (2003)
      • Instrument Panel Fuse Block (2004)
      • UNDERHOOD Electrical Center
  • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Fuel Level Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Instrument Cluster Schematics
      • Audible Warnings Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
      • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
      • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
        • Test Description
      • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
        • Test Description
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
      • DTC B0570: Season Odometer Malfunction
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC B0600: Option Content Failure
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC B0602: PLL Oscillator Error
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC B0608: Power Moding Error
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC B2964: Key In Ignition Circuit High
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P0462: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0463: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit High Voltage
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0520: Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
        • Driver Information Center (DIC)
      • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
      • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
      • Change Engine Oil Indicator Inoperative
      • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
      • Chime Always On
      • Chime Inoperative
    • Repair Instructions
      • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Knee Bolster Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Filler Panel Replacement - Outer - Instrument Panel (I/P) Lower Trim
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Plate Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Striker Adjustment - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Adjustment Procedure
      • Latch Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Door
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Filler Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Driver Information Center Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Cluster Lamp Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ashtray Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Door Replacement - Console Compartment Rear
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Plate Replacement - Console Front
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Compartment Replacement - Floor Console - Front
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Console Replacement - Front Floor
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Plate Replacement - Front Floor Console
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
        • Displays Test
        • Indicators and Warning Messages
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
        • Fuel Gage
        • Odometer
        • PRNDL Display
        • Speedometer
        • Tachometer
      • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Change Oil Soon
        • Low Fuel
        • Low Oil Level
        • Low Oil Pressure
        • Service Vehicle Soon
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • English/Metric Button
        • Mode Button
        • RESET Button
          • Notes
          • Average Fuel Economy (AFE)
            • Notes
            • Instantaneous Fuel Economy (IFE)
            • Trip Range
            • Oil Life Monitor
            • Boost Gage
      • Audible Warnings Description and Operation (Audible Warnings)
        • Notes
        • Check Gages Alarm
        • Headlamps On Reminder
        • Key-In-Ignition Reminder
        • Overspeed Warning (Gulf States Export Only)
        • Parking Brake Reminder
        • Turn Signal Reminder
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Horns Schematic Icons
        • Horns Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horns Component Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
        • Diagnostic System Check - Horns
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2752: Horn Relay Coil Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2753: Horn Relay Coil Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns - Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Motors, Switches, Relays
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Connector End View (RCDLR)
        • AT Inline 20-way Connector End View, Engine Side
        • AT Inline 20-way Connector End View, Transmission Side
        • Stop Lamp (Shift Interlock/TCC) Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side C2
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Internal Mode Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (W/O UE1)
        • Inside Rear View Mirror Connector End View (UE1)
        • Rear Window Defogger Relay Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View (Regal)
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View (Century)
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View (Regal)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End Views C1 (3.1L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End Views C2 (3.1L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector C1 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector C2 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor A Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor B Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Idle Air Control (IAC) Valve Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) C1 Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) C2 Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) C3 Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 1 (L36) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 1 (L67) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 2 (L36) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 2 (L67) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 3 (L36) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 3 (L67) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 4 (L36) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 4 (L67) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 5 (L36) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 5 (L67) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 6 (L36) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 6 (L67) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Idle Air Control (IAC) Valve Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Knock Sensor 1 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Knock Sensor 2 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Supercharger Boost Control Solenoid (L67) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch Connector End View (Regal)
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View (Regal)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (L36/L67)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (LG8)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Switch Connector End View (Regal)
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator Connector End View (Regal)
        • Vehicle Communications Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C1
        • Vehicle Communications Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C2
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM), C1 Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM), C2 (AW6) Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - LF (AW6) Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor - LF (AW6) Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End Views
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Splice Pack Connector End View (SP205)
        • Rear Compartment Lid Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Lock Release Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Relay Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C4
        • Heated Seat Back Element Connector End View - Driver (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Back Element Connector End View - Front Passenger (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - Driver (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - Front Passenger (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Cushion Cover Connector End View - Driver (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Cushion Cover Connector End View - Front Passenger (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Driver (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger (KA1)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (AG1)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger (AG2)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Driver (AG1)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Front Passenger (AG2)
        • Generator Connector End Views
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End Views
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End Views
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End Views - Left
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End Views - Right
        • Blower Motor Connector End Views
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End Views
        • HVAC Control Module, C1 Connector End Views
        • HVAC Control Module, C2 Connector End Views
        • Sunroof Opening Position Switch (SOPS) Connector End View
        • Sunroof Module (Express Open) Connector End View, C1
        • Sunroof Module (Express Open) Connector End View, C2
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Switch - Driver (AG1)
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End Views (Century)
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Switch Connector End Views (Regal)
        • Brake to Shift Relay Connector End Views
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Automatic Headlamp Relay Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Backup Lamp Relay Connector End View
        • Cornering/Marker Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Cornering/Marker Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Dome Lamp Connector End View (W/O CF5, W/O C79)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - LF (Regal)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - RF (Regal)
        • Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View (Regal)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Right
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Right
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View
        • I/P Compartment Lamp/Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Park Lamp Relay Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View
        • Roof Rail Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Left (C79)
        • Roof Rail Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Right (C79)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View, C1
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View, C2
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher Module Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Left (DH6)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Right (DH6)
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Door Lock Connector End View - Driver, C1
        • Door Lock Connector End View - Driver, C2
        • Door Lock Connector End View - Front Passenger, C1
        • Door Lock Connector End View - Front Passenger, C2
        • Door Lock Connector End View - LR, C1
        • Door Lock Connector End View - LR, C2
        • Door Lock Connector End View - RR, C1
        • Door Lock Connector End View - RR, C2
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View
        • Window Master Switch Connector End View - Driver, C1
        • Window Master Switch Connector End View - Driver, C2
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End Views
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End Views - Inside
        • Ambient Outside Air Temperature Sensor Connector End Views
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End Views
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End Views
        • Sunload Sensor Connector End Views
        • Vacuum Control Assembly Connector End Views
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View (U85)
        • Radio Connector End View - C1
        • Radio Connector End View - C2
        • Speaker-LF Door Midrange Connector End View
        • Speaker-LF Door Tweeter Connector End View (U85)
        • Speaker-LR Connector End View (U85)
        • Speaker-LR Connector End View (UQ3/UX7)
        • Speaker-RF Door Midrange Connector End View
        • Speaker-RF Door Tweeter Connector End View (U85)
        • Speaker-RR Connector End View (U85)
        • Speaker-RR Connector End View (UQ3/UX7)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Left (UK3)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Right (UK3)
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Relay Connector End View
        • Cruise Control Module (CCM) Connector End View
        • Cruise Control Release Switch Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
    • Power Outlets
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Auxiliary Outlets Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Outlet Component Views
        • Power Outlet Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Cigar Lighter Housing Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cigar Lighter Housing Replacement - Floor Console
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement - Floor Console
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Retained Accessory Power System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Component Views
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Retained Accessory Power
        • Diagnostic System Check - Retained Accessory Power
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1477: Retained Accessory Power Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1478: Retained Accessory Power Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Retained Accessory Power
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
      • Description and Operation
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • Relay Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
    • Wiring Systems
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
            • Notes
            • Round Wire Connectors
            • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro. 64 Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - Underhood, Label
          • Fuse Block - Underhood, Top View (LG8)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood, Top View (L36w/T90)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood, Top View (L67 w/T90)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood, Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - I/P, Label
          • Fuse Block - I/P, Top View
          • Fuse Block - I/P, Bottom View
        • Inline Harness Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Starter Motor Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Electrical
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1327: Device Power Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1328: Device Power Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0560: System Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0620: Generator Performance With F Terminal
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Notes
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (3.8L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (3.1L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Brace Replacement (L36)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Brace Replacement (L67)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (3.1L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (3.8L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Generator
          • Regulator
          • Circuit Description
          • Charging System Indicator
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Connector End View (RCDLR)
        • AT Inline 20-way Connector End View, Engine Side
        • AT Inline 20-way Connector End View, Transmission Side
        • Stop Lamp (Shift Interlock/TCC) Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side C2
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Internal Mode Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (W/O UE1)
        • Inside Rear View Mirror Connector End View (UE1)
        • Rear Window Defogger Relay Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View (Regal)
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View (Century)
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View (Regal)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End Views C1 (3.1L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End Views C2 (3.1L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector C1 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector C2 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor A Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor B Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Idle Air Control (IAC) Valve Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) C1 Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) C2 Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) C3 Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Connector End View (3.1L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 1 (L36) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 1 (L67) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 2 (L36) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 2 (L67) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 3 (L36) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 3 (L67) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 4 (L36) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 4 (L67) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 5 (L36) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 5 (L67) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 6 (L36) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Injector 6 (L67) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Idle Air Control (IAC) Valve Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Ignition Control Module (ICM) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Knock Sensor 1 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Knock Sensor 2 Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Supercharger Boost Control Solenoid (L67) Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Connector End View (3.8L)
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch Connector End View (Regal)
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View (Regal)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (L36/L67)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View (LG8)
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Switch Connector End View (Regal)
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator Connector End View (Regal)
        • Vehicle Communications Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C1
        • Vehicle Communications Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C2
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM), C1 Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM), C2 (AW6) Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module - LF (AW6) Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor - LF (AW6) Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End Views
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Splice Pack Connector End View (SP205)
        • Rear Compartment Lid Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Lock Release Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Relay Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View - C4
        • Heated Seat Back Element Connector End View - Driver (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Back Element Connector End View - Front Passenger (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - Driver (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Control Module Connector End View - Front Passenger (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Cushion Cover Connector End View - Driver (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Cushion Cover Connector End View - Front Passenger (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Driver (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger (KA1)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (AG1)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger (AG2)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Driver (AG1)
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly Connector End View - Front Passenger (AG2)
        • Generator Connector End Views
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End Views
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End Views
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End Views - Left
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End Views - Right
        • Blower Motor Connector End Views
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End Views
        • HVAC Control Module, C1 Connector End Views
        • HVAC Control Module, C2 Connector End Views
        • Sunroof Opening Position Switch (SOPS) Connector End View
        • Sunroof Module (Express Open) Connector End View, C1
        • Sunroof Module (Express Open) Connector End View, C2
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Switch - Driver (AG1)
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Connector End Views (Century)
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Switch Connector End Views (Regal)
        • Brake to Shift Relay Connector End Views
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Automatic Headlamp Relay Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Backup Lamp Relay Connector End View
        • Cornering/Marker Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Cornering/Marker Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Dome Lamp Connector End View (W/O CF5, W/O C79)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - LF (Regal)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - RF (Regal)
        • Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View (Regal)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - High Beam - Right
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Low Beam - Right
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View
        • I/P Compartment Lamp/Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Park Lamp Relay Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp Connector End View
        • Roof Rail Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Left (C79)
        • Roof Rail Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Right (C79)
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View, C1
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View, C2
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher Module Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Left (DH6)
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - Right (DH6)
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Door Lock Connector End View - Driver, C1
        • Door Lock Connector End View - Driver, C2
        • Door Lock Connector End View - Front Passenger, C1
        • Door Lock Connector End View - Front Passenger, C2
        • Door Lock Connector End View - LR, C1
        • Door Lock Connector End View - LR, C2
        • Door Lock Connector End View - RR, C1
        • Door Lock Connector End View - RR, C2
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View
        • Window Master Switch Connector End View - Driver, C1
        • Window Master Switch Connector End View - Driver, C2
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - LR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - RR
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End Views
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End Views - Inside
        • Ambient Outside Air Temperature Sensor Connector End Views
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End Views
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End Views
        • Sunload Sensor Connector End Views
        • Vacuum Control Assembly Connector End Views
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View (U85)
        • Radio Connector End View - C1
        • Radio Connector End View - C2
        • Speaker-LF Door Midrange Connector End View
        • Speaker-LF Door Tweeter Connector End View (U85)
        • Speaker-LR Connector End View (U85)
        • Speaker-LR Connector End View (UQ3/UX7)
        • Speaker-RF Door Midrange Connector End View
        • Speaker-RF Door Tweeter Connector End View (U85)
        • Speaker-RR Connector End View (U85)
        • Speaker-RR Connector End View (UQ3/UX7)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Left (UK3)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Right (UK3)
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Relay Connector End View
        • Cruise Control Module (CCM) Connector End View
        • Cruise Control Release Switch Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Engine Performance
        • 3.1L VIN J
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 3.1L VIN J
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
• Engine Mechanical
  • Accessory Drive Belts
    • Cooling System Specifications & Drive Belt Routing
      • Identification
      • Adjustments
      • Drive Belt Routing
        • Notes
        • Century
        • Regal
      • Cooling System Specifications
  • Cooling System (Mechanical)
    • Cooling System Specifications & Drive Belt Routing
      • Identification
      • Adjustments
      • Drive Belt Routing
        • Notes
        • Century
        • Regal
      • Cooling System Specifications
    • Engine Cooling System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Engine Cooling Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cooling System Component Views
        • Cooling System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Cooling
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Cooling
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC P0480 or P0481: Cooling Fan Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Engine Cooling
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator Always On
        • Cooling Fan Always On
        • Cooling Fan Inoperative
        • Engine Overheating
        • Loss of Coolant
        • Thermostat Diagnosis (Overheating)
        • Thermostat Diagnosis (Slow to Heat)
        • Coolant Heater Inoperative
        • Engine Fails To Reach Normal Operating Temperature
        • Pressure Cap Testing
          • Tools Required
          • Pressure Cap Testing
        • Coolant Leak Testing
          • Tools Required
          • Coolant Leak Testing
      • Repair Instructions
        • Draining and Filling Cooling System
          • Tools Required
          • Draining Procedure
          • Filling Procedure
        • Flushing
        • Radiator Cleaning
        • Coolant Recovery Reservoir Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Inlet (3.1L)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Inlet (3.8L)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Outlet (3.1L)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Outlet (3.8L)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Heater Hose Replacement - Inlet
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Heater Hose Replacement - Outlet
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan Replacement - Electric
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan Motor Replacement - Electric
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement (3.1L)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement (3.8L)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Bypass Pipes Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (3.1L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (3.8L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drain Cock Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fan Shroud Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Air Baffle and Deflector Replacement - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Air Baffle and Deflector Replacement - Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement (3.1L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement (3.8L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Cord Replacement (3.1L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Cord Replacement (3.8L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Cooling System Description and Operation
          • Cooling Fan Control 3.1L (LG8)
          • Cooling Fan Control 3.8L (L36, L67)
          • Engine Coolant Indicators
          • Coolant Heater
          • Cooling System
          • Cooling Cycle
            • Notes
            • Coolant
          • Radiator
            • Notes
            • Pressure Cap
          • Coolant Recovery System
          • Air Baffles and Seals
          • Water Pump
          • Thermostat
          • Transmission Oil Cooler
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Engine Exhaust System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Exhaust
      • Symptoms - Engine Exhaust
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Restricted Exhaust
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Exhaust Leakage
      • Exhaust Noise
    • Repair Instructions
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Left (3.1L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Left (3.8L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Right (3.1L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Right (3.8L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Crossover Pipe Replacement (3.1L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Crossover Pipe Replacement (3.8L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Seal Replacement (3.1L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Seal Replacement (3.8L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement (3.1L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement (3.8L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Hanger Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Hanger Mounting Bracket Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Muffler Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Converter Hanger Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Exhaust System Description
        • Notes
        • Resonator
        • Catalytic Converter
        • Muffler
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Lubrication System
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Tire Inflation Pressure Specifications
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Using the Maintenance Schedule
        • Scheduled Maintenance
        • Additional Required Services
        • Maintenance Footnotes
          • Footnotes
        • Explanation of Scheduled Services
          • Engine Oil
            • Notes
            • What Kind of Engine Oil to Use
            • Supercharge
            • Engine Oil Additives
            • When to Change Engine Oil-GM Oil Life System
          • Tire and Wheel Inspection and Rotation
          • Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
          • Automatic Transaxle Fluid
          • Cooling System
          • Power Steering Fluid
          • Windshield Washer Fluid
          • Brake Fluid
        • GM Oil Life System - Resetting
          • Resetting Procedure
          • With Driver Information Center (DIC)
        • Owner Checks and Services
          • Notes
          • At Each Fuel Fill
            • Notes
            • Engine Oil Level
            • Engine Coolant Level
            • Windshield Washer Fluid Level
          • At Least Once a Month
            • Tire Inflation
            • Cassette Tape Player Service
          • At Least Once a Year
          • Park Brake and Automatic Transmission PARK (P) Mechanism Check
          • Underbody Flushing Service
  • Engine Mechanical - 3.1L
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Engine Mechanical Specifications
      • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
    • Component Locator
      • Disassembled Views
      • Engine Identification
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Mechanical
      • Symptoms - Engine Mechanical
        • Strategy Based Diagnostics
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Base Engine Misfire without Internal Engine Noises
      • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Internal Lower Engine Noises
      • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Valve Train Noise
      • Base Engine Misfire with Coolant Consumption
      • Base Engine Misfire with Excessive Oil Consumption
      • Engine Noise on Start-Up, but Only Lasting a Few Seconds
      • Upper Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
      • Lower Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
      • Engine Noise Under Load
      • Engine Will Not Crank - Crankshaft Will Not Rotate
      • Coolant in Combustion Chamber
      • Coolant in Engine Oil
      • Engine Compression Test
      • Cylinder Leakage Test
        • Testing Procedure
      • Oil Consumption Diagnosis
      • Oil Pressure Diagnosis and Testing
        • Low or No Oil Pressure
        • Oil Pressure Testing
      • Oil Leak Diagnosis
        • Tools Required
        • Locating and Identifying the Leak
        • Visual Inspection Method
        • Powder Method
        • Black Light and Dye Method
        • Possible Causes for Leaks
      • Crankcase Ventilation System Inspection/Diagnosis
      • Drive Belt Chirping Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Squeal Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Whine Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Rumbling Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Vibration Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Falls Off Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Excessive Wear Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Tensioner Diagnosis
    • Repair Instructions
      • On-Vehicle Repair Instructions
        • Drive Belt Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Inspection
        • Engine Support Fixture
        • Engine Mount Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Strut Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Strut Bracket Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Strut Bracket Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Strut Bracket Replacement - Upper Radiator Support
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Filter Adapter and Bypass Valve Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Manifold Replacement - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Manifold Replacement - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rod Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Stem Oil Seal and Valve Spring Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Lifter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Balancer Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pan Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Pressure Sensor and/or Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Level Sensor and/or Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump Drive Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Front Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Replacement - Left
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Replacement - Right
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Connecting Rod Bearing Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Flywheel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Rear Bearing Hole Plug Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil and Oil Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Off-Vehicle repair Instructions
        • Draining Fluids and Oil Filter Removal
        • Crankshaft Balancer Removal
        • Engine Flywheel Removal
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Removal
        • Engine Mount Strut and Air Conditioning Compressor Bracket Removal
        • Engine Mount Strut and Engine Lift Bracket Removal
        • Engine Lift Bracket and Generator Bracket Removal
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Removal
        • Oil Filter Adapter Removal
        • Exhaust Manifold Removal - Left
        • Exhaust Manifold Removal - Right
        • Water Outlet and Thermostat Removal
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Removal - Left
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Removal - Right
        • Intake Manifold Removal - Upper
        • Intake Manifold Removal - Lower
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rod Removal
        • Valve Lifter Removal
        • Water Pump Removal
        • Cylinder Head Removal - Left
        • Cylinder Head Removal - Right
        • Oil Pan Removal
        • Oil Pump Removal
        • Oil Pump Drive Removal
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Removal
        • Engine Front Cover Removal
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Removal
        • Camshaft Removal
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Removal
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Removal
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Removal
        • Camshaft Bearing Removal
        • Engine Block Disassemble
        • Engine Block Cleaning and Inspection
        • Cylinder Boring and Honing
          • Boring Procedure
          • Honing Procedure
        • Engine Block Assemble
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
          • Notes
          • Bearing Selection
        • Crankshaft Balancer Cleaning and Inspection
        • Engine Flywheel Cleaning and Inspection
        • Piston and Connecting Rod Disassemble
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
        • Piston and Connecting Rod Assemble
        • Camshaft and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Lifters Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rods Cleaning and Inspection
        • Cylinder Head Disassemble
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Guide Reaming/Valve and Seat Grinding
        • Cylinder Head Assemble
        • Oil Pump Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Cleaning and Inspection
        • Oil Pump Assemble
        • Engine Front Cover Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Cleaning and Inspection
        • Oil Pan Cleaning and Inspection
        • Intake Manifold Cleaning and Inspection - Lower
        • Intake Manifold Cleaning and Inspection - Upper
        • Exhaust Manifold Cleaning and Inspection
        • Water Pump Cleaning and Inspection
        • Thread Repair
        • Service Prior to Assembly
        • Engine Prelubing
        • Camshaft Bearing Installation
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Installation
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Installation
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Installation
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Installation
        • Engine Front Cover Installation
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Installation
        • Oil Pump Drive Installation
        • Oil Pump Installation
        • Oil Pan Installation
        • Cylinder Head Installation - Left
        • Cylinder Head Installation - Right
        • Water Pump Installation
        • Valve Lifter Installation
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rod Installation
        • Intake Manifold Installation - Lower
        • Intake Manifold Installation - Upper
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Installation - Left
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Installation - Right
        • Water Outlet and Thermostat Installation
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation - Left
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation - Right
        • Oil Filter Adapter Installation
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Installation
        • Engine Lift Bracket and Generator Bracket Installation
        • Engine Mount Strut and Engine Lift Bracket Installation
        • Engine Mount Strut and Air Conditioning Compressor Bracket Installation
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Installation
        • Engine Flywheel Installation
        • Crankshaft Balancer Installation
        • Rotating the Engine for Service Access
    • Description and Operation
      • Crankcase Ventilation System Description
        • General Description
        • Operation
      • Drive Belt System Description
      • Engine Component Description
      • New Product Information
        • Notes
        • Component Comparison
        • Fastener Changes
        • Torque Values and/or Fastener Tightening Strategies
        • Changed Engine Specifications
        • New Sealants and/or Adhesives
        • Disassembly and Assembly Procedure Revisions
        • Engine Mechanical Diagnostic Procedure Revisions
        • New Special Tools Required
      • Lubrication Description
      • Cleanliness and Care
      • Separating Parts
      • Replacing Engine Gaskets
      • Use of Room Temperature Vulcanizing (RTV) and Anaerobic Sealer
        • Notes
        • Applying RTV Sealer
        • Applying Anaerobic Sealer
      • Tools and Equipment
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Starter Motor Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Electrical
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1327: Device Power Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1328: Device Power Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0560: System Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0620: Generator Performance With F Terminal
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Notes
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (3.8L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (3.1L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Brace Replacement (L36)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Brace Replacement (L67)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (3.1L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (3.8L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Generator
          • Regulator
          • Circuit Description
          • Charging System Indicator
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Engine Performance
  • Emissions
    • EGR Function Testing - General Motors Cars
      • EGR Function Testing - General Motors Cars
        • Test 1
          • Ported EGR Valve
        • Test 2
          • Negative Backpressure EGR Valve
        • Test 3
          • Positive Backpressure EGR Valve
        • Test 4
          • 1983-84 Pulse-Width Modulated EGR Valve
        • Test 5
          • 1985 Pulse-Width Modulated EGR Valve
        • Test 6
          • 1986 Pulse-Width Modulated EGR Valve
        • Test 7
          • 1987 Pulse-Width Modulated EGR Valve
        • Test 8
          • 1988 Pulse-Width Modulated EGR Valve
        • Test 9
          • Notes
          • 1988-1992 3.1L, 3.4L & 3.8L (Digital EGR Valve)
        • Test 10
          • 1990-91 - 2.3L "W" Body VIN D (Digital EGR Valve)
        • Test 11
          • 1988 2.8L "W" Body (Integrated Electronic EGR Valve)
        • Test 12
          • Integrated Electronic EGR Valve
        • Test 13
          • 4.5L
          • 4.6L
        • Test 14
          • 3.1L, 3.4L & 3.8L (Digital EGR Valve)
        • Test 15
          • Linear EGR Valve
        • Test 16
          • Metro
        • Test 17
    • Emission Applications
      • Emission Applications
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
  • Mode 6 - BUICK
    • Introduction
    • Class 2
    • GMLAN (Can) Except 3.6L
    • Allure, Lacrosse & Rendezvous 3.6L
      • 2004 3.6L
      • 2005 3.6L
      • 2006 3.6L
      • 2007-08 3.6L
  • Specifications
    • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
      • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
        • Notes
        • 3 Cylinder Engine
          • Metro 1.0L
          • Buick, Chevrolet 1.2L, 1.3L
        • 4 Cylinder Engine
        • 5 Cylinder Engine
        • In-Line 6 Engine
        • V6 Engine
          • 3.5L VIN 4 V6 Engine
          • 3.8L & 4.3L V6 Engines
          • All Other V6 Engines Except 3.5L (VIN 4), 3.8L & 4.3L
        • 8 Cylinder Engine
          • 4.0L, 4.4L & 4.6L V8 Engines
          • 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & VIN K) & 7.4L V8 Engines
          • 6.6L Diesel V8 Engine
          • All Other V8 Engines Except 4.0L, 4.4L, 4.6L, 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & K), 7.4L & 6.6L
  • System
    • Engine Controls - Strategy Based Engine Diagnosis
      • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • Engine Controls (DTC P0030 To P0138)
      • Engine Controls Diagnosis
        • DTC P0030
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0101
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0102
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0103
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0107
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0108
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0112
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0113
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0116
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0117
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0118
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0121
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0122
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0123
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0125
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0128
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0130
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0131
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0132
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0133
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0134
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0135
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0136
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • Notes
            • Passive Test
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0137
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0138
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
    • Engine Controls (DTC P0140 To P0496)
      • Engine Controls Diagnosis
        • DTC P0140
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0141
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0171
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0172
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0201-P0206
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0230
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0300-P0306
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0315
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0325
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0327
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0336
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0341
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0401
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0403
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0404
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0405
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0420
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0442
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0443
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0446
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0449
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0452
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0453
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0455
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions For Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0496
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
    • Engine Controls (DTC P0506 To P1640)
      • Engine Controls Diagnosis
        • DTC P0506
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0507
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0601-P0607, P1600, P1621, P1627, P1680, P1681, P1683, or P2610
          • Description
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0641
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0650
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0651
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1106
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1107
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1111
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1112
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1114
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1115
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1121
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1122
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1133
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1134
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1351
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1352
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1361
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1362
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1374
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1380
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1381
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1404
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1640
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
    • Engine Controls (DTC P1650 To P1670)
      • Engine Controls Diagnosis
        • DTC P1650
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1660
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1670
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
    • Engine Controls 3.1L (Introduction, Service & Replacement)
      • Specifications
        • Temperature vs Resistance
        • Altitude vs Barometric Pressure
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Emissions Related DTCs
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type A
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type B
          • Non-Emissions Related DTCs
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC - Type X
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type(s)
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Emission Hose Routing Diagram
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Hose Routing Diagram
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Routing Diagram
        • Engine Controls Schematic Icons
        • Engine Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Controls Component Views
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End Views
        • Engine Controls Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • CKP System Variation Learn Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Position 1
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Position 2
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Idle Air Control (IAC) Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Controls Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Controls Pedal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Controls Cable Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Cleaning Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Relief Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Gage Installation and Removal
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Metal Collar)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Plastic Collar)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Draining Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Strainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Sender Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Filter to Engine
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Filter to Tank
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Canister/Fuel Tank
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Chassis/Canister
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine/Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Coil(s) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Wire Inspection
        • Spark Plug Wire Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Replacement (7X)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Replacement (24X)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Cleaning
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Intake Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Description
          • Powertrain
          • Powertrain Control Module Function
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Operation
          • Trip
          • Warm-Up Cycle
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
          • DTC Status
        • Fuel System Description
          • Fuel System Overview
          • Fuel Tank
          • Fuel Fill Pipe
          • Fuel Filler Cap
          • Fuel Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Strainer
          • Fuel Filter
          • Fuel Feed and Return Pipes
          • Nylon Fuel Pipes
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • Fuel Pipe O-Rings
          • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator Assembly
          • Fuel Metering Modes of Operation
          • Starting Mode
          • Clear Flood Mode
          • Run Mode
          • Acceleration Mode
          • Deceleration Mode
          • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
          • Fuel Cutoff Mode
          • Short Term Fuel Trim
          • Long Term Fuel Trim
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control System Description
          • EVAP System Operation
          • Large Leak Test
          • Small Leak Test
          • Canister Vent Restriction Test
          • EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve Leak Test
          • Check Gas Cap Message
          • EVAP System Components
            • Notes
            • EVAP Canister
            • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Valve
            • EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid Valve
            • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
            • EVAP Service Port
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Description
        • Knock Sensor (KS) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Sensor Description
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Description
          • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System
          • Linear EGR Valve
          • Linear EGR Control
          • EGR Diagnostics
        • Air Intake System Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Controls 3.1L (Diagnostic Information & Procedures)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls
          • Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
    • Engine Controls 3.1L (Troubleshooting & Diagnosis)
      • Engine Controls
        • Symptoms - Engine Controls
          • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Check
        • Intermittent Conditions
        • Hard Start
        • Surges/Chuggles
        • Lack of Power, Sluggishness, or Sponginess
        • Detonation/Spark Knock
        • Hesitation, Sag, Stumble
        • Cuts Out, Misses
        • Poor Fuel Economy
        • Poor Fuel Fill Quality
        • Rough, Unstable, or Incorrect Idle and Stalling
        • Dieseling, Run-On
        • Backfire
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Test Description
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Engine Cranks but Does Not Run
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Ignition Relay Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
        • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Fuel System Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Special Tool
          • Notes
          • System Description
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Tech 2
          • Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • Test Description
        • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Tank Leak Test
          • Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis (Without Special Tool)
          • Notes
          • Alcohol in Fuel Testing Procedure
          • Particulate Contaminants in Fuel Testing Procedure
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis (With Special Tool)
          • Test Description
          • Test Procedure
        • Idle Air Control (IAC) System Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor (CKP) System Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
          • Description
          • Conditions for Updating the I/M System Status
          • Monitored Emission Control Systems
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Catalyst System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Heated Oxygen Sensor/Oxygen Sensor (HO2S/O2S) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Heater System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Service Bay Test
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running the Test
          • Test Procedure
  • Testing & Diagnosis
    • Engine Controls - Strategy Based Engine Diagnosis
      • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • Engine Controls (DTC P0030 To P0138)
      • Engine Controls Diagnosis
        • DTC P0030
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0101
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0102
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0103
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0107
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0108
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0112
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0113
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0116
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0117
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0118
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0121
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0122
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0123
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0125
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0128
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0130
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0131
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0132
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0133
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0134
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0135
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0136
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • Notes
            • Passive Test
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0137
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0138
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
    • Engine Controls (DTC P0140 To P0496)
      • Engine Controls Diagnosis
        • DTC P0140
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0141
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0171
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0172
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0201-P0206
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0230
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0300-P0306
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0315
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0325
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0327
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0336
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0341
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0401
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0403
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0404
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0405
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0420
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0442
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0443
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0446
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0449
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0452
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0453
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0455
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions For Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0496
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
    • Engine Controls (DTC P0506 To P1640)
      • Engine Controls Diagnosis
        • DTC P0506
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0507
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0601-P0607, P1600, P1621, P1627, P1680, P1681, P1683, or P2610
          • Description
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0641
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0650
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0651
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1106
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1107
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1111
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1112
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1114
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1115
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1121
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1122
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1133
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1134
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1351
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1352
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1361
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1362
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1374
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1380
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1381
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1404
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1640
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
    • Engine Controls (DTC P1650 To P1670)
      • Engine Controls Diagnosis
        • DTC P1650
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1660
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1670
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
    • Engine Controls 3.1L (Introduction, Service & Replacement)
      • Specifications
        • Temperature vs Resistance
        • Altitude vs Barometric Pressure
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Emissions Related DTCs
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type A
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type B
          • Non-Emissions Related DTCs
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC - Type X
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type(s)
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Emission Hose Routing Diagram
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Hose Routing Diagram
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Routing Diagram
        • Engine Controls Schematic Icons
        • Engine Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Controls Component Views
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Connector End Views
        • Engine Controls Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • CKP System Variation Learn Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Position 1
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Position 2
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Position (TP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Idle Air Control (IAC) Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Controls Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Controls Pedal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Controls Cable Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Cleaning Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Relief Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Gage Installation and Removal
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Metal Collar)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Plastic Collar)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Draining Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Strainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Sender Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Filter to Engine
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Filter to Tank
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Canister/Fuel Tank
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Chassis/Canister
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine/Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Coil(s) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Wire Inspection
        • Spark Plug Wire Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Replacement (7X)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Replacement (24X)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Cleaning
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Intake Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Description
          • Powertrain
          • Powertrain Control Module Function
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Operation
          • Trip
          • Warm-Up Cycle
          • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
          • DTC Status
        • Fuel System Description
          • Fuel System Overview
          • Fuel Tank
          • Fuel Fill Pipe
          • Fuel Filler Cap
          • Fuel Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Strainer
          • Fuel Filter
          • Fuel Feed and Return Pipes
          • Nylon Fuel Pipes
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • Fuel Pipe O-Rings
          • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator Assembly
          • Fuel Metering Modes of Operation
          • Starting Mode
          • Clear Flood Mode
          • Run Mode
          • Acceleration Mode
          • Deceleration Mode
          • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
          • Fuel Cutoff Mode
          • Short Term Fuel Trim
          • Long Term Fuel Trim
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control System Description
          • EVAP System Operation
          • Large Leak Test
          • Small Leak Test
          • Canister Vent Restriction Test
          • EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve Leak Test
          • Check Gas Cap Message
          • EVAP System Components
            • Notes
            • EVAP Canister
            • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Valve
            • EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid Valve
            • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
            • EVAP Service Port
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Description
        • Knock Sensor (KS) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Sensor Description
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Description
          • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System
          • Linear EGR Valve
          • Linear EGR Control
          • EGR Diagnostics
        • Air Intake System Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Controls 3.1L (Diagnostic Information & Procedures)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls
          • Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
    • Engine Controls 3.1L (Troubleshooting & Diagnosis)
      • Engine Controls
        • Symptoms - Engine Controls
          • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Check
        • Intermittent Conditions
        • Hard Start
        • Surges/Chuggles
        • Lack of Power, Sluggishness, or Sponginess
        • Detonation/Spark Knock
        • Hesitation, Sag, Stumble
        • Cuts Out, Misses
        • Poor Fuel Economy
        • Poor Fuel Fill Quality
        • Rough, Unstable, or Incorrect Idle and Stalling
        • Dieseling, Run-On
        • Backfire
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Test Description
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Engine Cranks but Does Not Run
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Ignition Relay Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
        • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Fuel System Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Special Tool
          • Notes
          • System Description
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Tech 2
          • Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • Test Description
        • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Tank Leak Test
          • Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis (Without Special Tool)
          • Notes
          • Alcohol in Fuel Testing Procedure
          • Particulate Contaminants in Fuel Testing Procedure
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis (With Special Tool)
          • Test Description
          • Test Procedure
        • Idle Air Control (IAC) System Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor (CKP) System Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
          • Description
          • Conditions for Updating the I/M System Status
          • Monitored Emission Control Systems
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Catalyst System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Heated Oxygen Sensor/Oxygen Sensor (HO2S/O2S) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Heater System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Service Bay Test
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running the Test
          • Test Procedure
• General Information
  • Abbreviations
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
  • Basic Trouble Shooting
    • Basic Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Accessories & Electrical
        • Charging System Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
      • Air Conditioning & Heat
        • Air Conditioning Trouble Shooting
        • Heater System Trouble Shooting
      • Brakes
        • Brake System Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Mechanical
        • Cooling System Trouble Shooting
        • Gasoline Engine - Mechanical Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Performance
        • Carburetor Trouble Shooting:
        • Diesel Engine Trouble Shooting
        • Fuel Injection Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
        • Tune-Up Trouble Shooting - Gas Engine Vehicles
        • Vacuum Pump - Diesel Trouble Shooting
      • Manual Transmission
        • Manual Transmission Trouble Shooting
      • Powertrain
        • Clutch Trouble Shooting
        • Drive Axle - Noise Diagnosis
          • Unrelated Noises
          • Non-Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Chuckle
          • Knock
          • Clunk
          • Bearing Whine
          • Bearing Rumble
          • Chatter On Turns
          • Axle Shaft Noise
          • Vibration
        • Drive Axle - RWD Trouble Shooting
        • Fwd Axle Shafts & CV Joints Trouble Shooting
      • Steering & Suspension
        • Manual Steering Gear Trouble Shooting
        • Power Steering Trouble Shooting
        • Steering Column Trouble Shooting
        • Suspension Trouble Shooting
        • Wheel Alignment Trouble Shooting
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Engine Performance - Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Engine Performance
  • Brakes
    • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions
    • Map - Brake Systems
      • Brake Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accelerometers
        • Accumulators
        • Anchor Pins
        • Anti-Lock Brake Control Assembly(Module)
        • Anti-Lock Brake Controller
        • Anti-Lock Brake Systems
        • Axle Seal
        • Backing Plates
        • Bleeder Screw
        • Brake Abs Active Light (Blue)
        • Brake Fluid
        • Brake Friction Material
        • Brake On - Off Switch
        • Brake Pads
        • Brake Pedals
        • Brake Shoe Hardware
        • Brake Shoes
        • Brake Stoplight Switches
        • Brake Warning Light (Amber)
        • Brake Warning Light (Red)
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs And LEDS
        • Caliper Hardware
        • Caliper Mounting Pin
        • Caliper Piston
        • Caliper Shim
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt) Dust Boot
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt)
        • Calipers
        • Combination Valve
        • Controllers
        • Digital Ratio Axle Controllers And Buffers (Drab And Dram)
        • Disable Switches
        • Drums
        • Electrical Brake Pumps
        • Electrical Park Motor
        • Electrical Pumps And Motors
        • Electro-Magnetic Interference
        • Electronic Brake Control Modulator
        • Electronic Brake Distribution
        • Electronic Brake Traction Control Module
        • Electronic Controllers
        • Electronic Traction Control
        • External Brake Cable
        • Flow Control Valve
        • Fluid Level Sensor Switches
        • Fluid
        • Four Wheel Drive Switches
        • Friction Material
        • G Sensors
        • Gaskets
        • Gravitational Switches
        • Grease Seal
        • Height Sensing Proportioning Valve
        • High Pressure Accumulator
        • Hoses
        • Hub
        • Hydraulic Control Unit
        • Hydraulic Modulators
        • Hydro-Boosters
        • Hydro-Electric Boosters (POWERMASTER)
        • Ignition Disable Switches
        • Lamp Driver Relay
        • Lateral Acceleration Switches
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Low Pressure Accumulator
        • Lug Nut
        • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
        • Master Cylinders
        • Modulators
        • Motor Pack
        • Motors
        • Pads
        • Parking Brake Cable
        • Parking Brake Mechanism
        • Parking Brake Shoes
        • Parking Brake Switches
        • Parking Brake Systems
        • Pedal Travel Switches
        • Pedals
        • Power Distribution Center
        • POWERMASTER
        • Pressure Differential Switches
        • Pressure Switches
        • Pressure Transducers
        • Proportioning Valve
        • Pumps
        • Relays
        • RELUCTOR (Speed) Ring
        • Rotors
        • Self-Adjusting Systems
        • Shoe Hardware
        • Shoes
        • Sockets
        • Speed Sensor (RELUCTOR) Ring
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Star Wheel
        • Steel Brake Lines
        • Stoplight Switches
        • Stroke Sensor
        • Switches
        • Tires
        • Tone Ring
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Traction Control System (TCS)
        • Transfer Tubes
        • Vacuum Boosters
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Valves
        • Wear Indicator
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheel Cylinders
        • Wiring Harnesses
        • Yaw Rate Sensor
      • Brake System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Map - Routine Inspection Reference Guide
      • Routine Inspection Reference Guide
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Maintenance Overview
          • Antifreeze/Coolant
          • Visual Inspection
          • Radiator Cap Test
          • Engine Fan
          • Cooling System Power Flush And Refill
          • Belts (Except Timing Belts)
          • Belt TENSIONER
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Exchange & Filter Replacement
          • Engine Oil
          • Air Filters
          • Cabin Air Filter
          • Brake Fluid
          • Battery
          • Battery Cables
          • Power Steering
          • Power Steering Fluid
          • Wiper Blades
        • Routine Inspection CHECKSHEET
        • Routine Inspection - UICS
          • Brake Systems
            • Notes
            • Brake Fluid
            • Bulbs And LEDS
            • Hoses
            • Lenses
            • Lug Nut
            • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
            • Parking Brake Cable
            • Vacuum Hoses
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
          • Drivetrain And Transmission
            • Notes
            • Automatic Transmission Fluid
            • Clutch Master Cylinders
            • Cooler Lines
            • Coolers
            • Differential Fluid
            • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Filters And Screens
            • Fluids And Lubricants
            • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
            • Hydraulic Fluid
            • Lubricants
            • Manual Transmission Fluid
            • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
            • Transfer Case Fluid
            • Vacuum Hoses
          • Electrical Systems
            • Batteries
            • Battery Cables
            • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
            • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
            • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
            • Ground Cables And Straps
            • Ground Straps
            • Lenses
            • Sealed Beams
            • Washer Pumps
            • Wiper Arms And Blades
            • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
            • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
          • Engine Performance And Maintenance
            • Notes
            • Accessory Belts
            • Air Filter Elements
            • Air Filter Gaskets
            • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
            • Air Pump Belts
            • Batteries
            • Battery Connectors
            • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
            • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
            • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
            • Coolant Recovery Tanks
            • Coolant
            • Distributor Caps
            • Distributor Rotors
            • Engine Cooling Systems
            • Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
            • Engine Oil
            • Fuel Filters
            • Fuel Injector Cleaning
            • Fuel Injectors
            • Fuel System Cleaning Service
            • Hose Clamps
            • Hose Connectors
            • Hose Couplers
            • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
            • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
            • Intake Cleaning
            • O2 Sensors
            • PCV Breather Elements
            • PCV Valves
            • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
            • Spark Plugs
            • Thermostats And Housings
            • Throttle Body Cleaning
            • Timing Belts
            • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
          • Exhaust Systems
            • Notes
            • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
          • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning Systems
            • Notes
            • Belts
            • Cabin Air Filters
            • Coolant
            • Evaporator Drain Tubes
            • Evaporator Filters
            • In-Line Filters
            • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
          • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
            • Notes
            • Hydraulic Hoses
            • Power Steering Belts
            • Power Steering Fluid
            • Power Steering Hoses
            • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
            • Strut Rods
            • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
            • Tire Pressure Sensors
            • Tires
            • Valve Stems
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
      • Wheel & Tire Supplement
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
        • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
        • Wheel & Tire - UICS
          • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
          • Tire Pressure Sensors
          • Tires
          • Wheel Alignment
          • Wheel Attachment Hardware
          • Wheels (Rims)
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Check Lists
    • Symptom Check List Worksheet - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose
        • Notes
        • Why Use the Symptom Check List Worksheets?
        • Making the Worksheets a Part of Your Normal Routine
      • Symptom Check List Worksheets
        • Condensed Version - All On One Page
        • Full Version - All On Four Pages
        • Individual System-Based Check Lists
  • OBD-II Drive Cycles - 3.1L
    • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
      • Description
      • Conditions for Running
      • Diagnostic Aids
      • Test Description
  • Driveline/Axles
    • Drive Axle Noise Diagnosis - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Unrelated Noises
      • Non-Drive Axle Noises
      • Gear Noise
      • Chuckle
      • Knock
      • Clunk
      • Bearing Whine
      • Bearing Rumble
      • Chatter On Turns
      • Axle Shaft Noise
      • Vibration
    • Gear Tooth Contact Patterns - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Gear Backlash & Pinion Shim Changes
    • Map - Drive Train & Transmission
      • Drive Train & Transmission Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Drivetrain And Transmission
        • Notes
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Automatic Transmission / Transaxle Assemblies/CVTS
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid
        • Axles
        • Bearings And Races
        • Bell Cranks
        • Bell Housings
        • Bushings (External)
        • Cables (Speedometer)
        • Cables (TV, Detent And Shift)
        • Carrier Bearings
        • Clutch Cables And Cable Housings
        • Clutch Discs (Manual Transmissions)
        • Clutch Forks
        • Clutch Linkages (Mechanical)
        • Clutch Master Cylinders
        • Clutch Pedals
        • Clutch Pivots
        • Clutch Pressure Plates
        • Clutch Release Bearings
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Concentric)
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Conventional Or External)
        • Companion Flanges
        • Connectors
        • Cooler Bypass Valves
        • Cooler Lines
        • Coolers
        • CV Joints
        • Differential And Final Drive Assemblies
        • Differential Fluid
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks (Fluid Level Indicators)
        • Dowel Pins, Guides And Pilot Holes
        • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Drive Shaft Flanges
        • Drive Shafts And Half Shafts
        • Dust Boots
        • Engine Mounts
        • Exciter Rings
        • Filler Tubes
        • Filters And Screens
        • Flanges
        • Flex Plates
        • Fluid Level Indicators
        • Fluids And Lubricants
        • Flywheels
        • Force Motors
        • Gaskets
        • Guides
        • Half Shafts
        • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
        • Housings (Bell, Case, Tail(Extension) And Auxiliary)
        • Hydraulic Fluid
        • Intermediate Shaft Support Bearings
        • Key Interlock Systems
        • Limited Slips
        • Lines
        • Linkages (External)
        • Locking Hub Assemblies
        • Locking Hub Control Knobs
        • Lubricants
        • Manual Transmission Fluid
        • Manual Transmission/Transaxle Assemblies
        • Metal Clad Seals
        • METALASTIC Joints
        • Modulator Pins
        • Modulators
        • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
        • Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Oil Pans
        • Pans
        • Pilot Holes
        • Pressure Plates
        • Pressure Switches
        • Races
        • Rubber Joints (METALASTIC)
        • Screens
        • Seals (Metal Clad)
        • Seals
        • Selector Interlock Systems
        • Sensors
        • Servos
        • Shift Interlock Systems (Selector And Key Interlock Systems)
        • Side Covers
        • Slip Yokes
        • Solenoids
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Speedometer- Driven Gear Housing
        • Speedometer/Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Speedometer/Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Speedometers/Odometers (Electronic)
        • Switches
        • Tone Wheels
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Torque Converters
        • Transaxle Mounts
        • Transducers (Transmission)
        • Transfer Case Assemblies
        • Transfer Case Fluid
        • Transmission Coolers
        • Transmission Mounts
        • Transmission Pans
        • Transmission Range Indicators (PRNDL)
        • Tubes
        • Universal Joints (CARDAN Or Cross Type)
        • Vacuum Controls
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Vacuum Motors
        • Vacuum-Operated Switches
        • Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Vents
        • Vibration Dampers
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Speed Sensors
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
        • Yokes And Slip Yokes
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Trouble Shooting - Clutches - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • All Models
  • DTC Index
    • Air Bag DTCS
    • Anti-Lock Brake DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission (4T65-E) DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission - Shift Lock DTCS
    • Body Control Module DTCS
    • Cellular Communication DTCS
    • Cruise Control DTCS
    • Data Link Communication DTCS
    • Engine Electrical DTCS
    • Engine Performance - 3.1L DTCS
    • Engine Performance - 3.8L DTCS
    • Engine Cooling DTCS
    • Entertainment DTCS
    • Horn DTCS
    • HVAC, Automatic DTCS
    • HVAC, Manual DTCS
    • Hydraulic Brake DTCS
    • Instrument Panel DTCS
    • Keyless Entry DTCS
    • Lighting DTCS
    • Retained Accessory Power DTCS
    • Theft Deterrent DTCS
    • Tire Pressure Monitor DTCS
  • Electrical
    • Map - Electrical Systems
      • Electrical Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Actuator Motors (Electric)
        • Actuator Motors (Vacuum)
        • Air Bags
        • Alternators And Generators
        • Amplifiers
        • Antennas
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Cables
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belts
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
        • Cd Players
        • Cigarette Lighter Assemblies
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Clutch Switches
        • Connectors
        • Control Modules
        • Cruise Control Brake Switches
        • Cruise Control Cables
        • Cruise Control Clutch Switches
        • Cruise Control Linkages And Cables
        • Cruise Control Reservoirs
        • Cruise Control Tubes
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Dump Release Valves
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And
        • Cruise Control Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Defoggers
        • Defrosters
        • Delays
        • Dimmers
        • Electric Heaters
        • Equalizers
        • Fuse Blocks
        • Fuse Boxes And Blocks
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gauges
        • Generators
        • Ground Cables And Straps
        • Ground Straps
        • Headlight Adjusters
        • Heating Elements (Defrosters, Defoggers, Electric Heaters And Seats)
        • Horns And Sirens
        • Ignition Switches
        • Indicator Lights
        • Keyless Entry Keypads And Transmitters
        • Keyless Entry Transmitters
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Microphones
        • Mirrors (ELECTROCHROMATIC And Heated)
        • Motors
        • Neutral Safety Switches
        • Odometers, Speedometers And Tachometers (Cable Driven)
        • Odometers
        • Power Distribution Center
        • Pulleys
        • Receivers, Amplifiers, Equalizers And Sub-Woofer Volume Controls
        • Relay Boxes
        • Relays
        • Sealed Beams
        • Seat Heaters
        • Security Alarm Sensors
        • Sirens
        • Solenoids
        • Speakers And Microphones
        • Speedometer And Tachometer Linkages And Cables
        • Speedometer Cables
        • Speedometers
        • Starters
        • Sub-Woofer Volume Control
        • Switches
        • Tachometer Cables
        • Tachometers
        • Tape Players And Cd Players
        • TENSIONERS
        • Timers
        • Transceivers
        • Transducers
        • Vacuum Accumulators (Reservoirs)
        • Voltage Regulators
        • Washer Fluid Level Senders
        • Washer Pumps
        • Wiper Arms And Blades
        • Wiper Blades
        • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
        • Wiper Linkages
        • Wiper Nozzles
        • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Battery, Starting & Charging System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
  • Engine
    • Engine Overhaul Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Engine Identification
      • Inspection Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Magnetic Particle Inspection
          • Notes
          • Magnaflux & Magnaglo
        • Penetrant Inspection
          • Notes
          • Zyglo
          • Dye Check
        • Ultrasonic Inspection
        • X-Ray Inspection
        • Pressure Testing
      • Cleaning Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Bead Blasting
        • Chemical Cleaning
      • Component Cleaning
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Sheet Metal Parts
        • Intake & Exhaust Manifolds
      • Cylinder Head Replacement
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Installation
        • Valve Adjustment
      • Cylinder Head Overhaul
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cylinder Head Disassembly
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning & Inspection
        • Valve Springs
        • Valve Guide
          • Notes
          • Measuring Valve Guide Clearance
          • Reaming Valve Guide
          • Replacing Valve Guide
        • Valves & Valve Seats
          • Notes
          • Valve Grinding
          • Valve Lapping
          • Valve Seat Grinding
          • Valve Seat Replacement
          • Valve Seat Concentricity
        • Cylinder Head Reassembly
          • Notes
          • Valve Stem Installed Height
        • Valve Stem Oil Seals
          • Notes
          • Replacement (On-Vehicle)
        • Valve Spring Installed Height
        • Rocker Arms & Assemblies
          • Notes
          • Rocker Studs
          • Rocker Arms & Shafts
        • Push Rods
        • Lifters
          • Notes
          • Hydraulic Lifters
          • Mechanical Lifters
      • Pistons, Connecting Rods & Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Ridge Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Cleaning
          • Inspection
        • Piston & Cylinder Bore Fit
        • Assembling Piston & Connecting Rod
        • Checking Piston Ring Clearances
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Installation
        • Connecting Rod Side Clearance
        • Main & Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance
          • Notes
          • Plastigage Method
          • Micrometer & Telescopic Gauge Method
      • Crankshaft & Main Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Installation
        • Crankshaft End Play
          • Notes
          • Dial Indicator Method
          • Feeler Gauge Method
        • Cylinder Block
          • Notes
          • Block Cleaning
          • Block Inspection
          • Cylinder Bore Inspection
          • Cylinder Honing
          • Deck Warpage
          • Deck Height
          • Main Bearing Bore & Alignment
          • Expansion Plug Removal
          • Expansion Plug Installation
          • Oil Gallery Plug Removal
          • Oil Gallery Plug Installation
      • Camshaft
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Camshaft Bearings
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Camshaft End Play
      • Timing Chains & Belts
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Chains
        • Timing Belts
        • Tension Adjustment
      • Timing Gears
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Gear Backlash & RUNOUT
        • Rear Main Oil Seal Installation
          • Notes
          • One-Piece Type Seal
          • Rope Type Seal
          • Split-Rubber Type Seal
      • Oil Pump
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Rotor Type
        • Gear Type
      • Break-In Procedure
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Engine Pre-Oiling
        • Initial Start-Up
        • Camshaft
        • Piston Rings
        • Final Adjustments
    • General Cooling System Service - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Maintenance
        • Draining
        • Flushing
          • Notes
          • Radiator
          • Engine Block
        • Refilling
      • Testing
        • Thermostat
        • Pressure Testing
          • Notes
          • Radiator Cap
          • Cooling System
  • Engine Performance
    • Electrostatic Discharge Warning - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Introduction
      • Handling Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
      • Checking Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
    • Engine Performance Diagnostic Routine Outline - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Where Does DRIVEABILITY Diagnosis Start?
        • Perform Basic Inspection
        • Check For Trouble Codes
        • Diagnose Symptom
        • Test System
    • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
      • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
    • Map - Engine Performance & Maintenance
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance (Including Exhaust Systems)
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Engine Performance & Maintenance CHECKSHEET
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance
        • Notes
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • Accessory Belts
        • Accessory Pulleys
        • Air Conditioning Cycling Switches
        • Air Conditioning Pressure Sensors
        • Air Ducts And Tubes
        • Air Filter Elements
        • Air Filter Gaskets
        • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
        • Air Fuel Ratio Sensors
        • Air Injection Control Solenoids
        • Air Plenums
        • Air Pump Belts
        • Air Pumps (Electric Driven)
        • Air Tubes
        • Aspirator, Check And DECEL Valves
        • Baffles
        • Ballast Primary Supply Resistor Wires
        • Ballast Resistors And Primary Supply Resistors
        • Barometric Pressure Sensors
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Connectors
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
        • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
        • Belt-Driven Air Pumps
        • Boost Control Mechanism
        • Camshaft Position Sensors
        • Carburetors And Chokes
        • Casting Core Plugs And Expansion Plugs
        • Charge Air Coolers ""INTERCOOLERS"" (CAC)
        • Check Valves
        • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Chokes
        • Clutch Pedal Position Switches
        • Cold Start Injectors
        • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
        • Connectors
        • Coolant Recovery Tanks
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Motor Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Relays And Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Resistors
        • Cooling Fan Motor Sensors And Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motor Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Crankshaft Position Sensors
        • Cylinder Deactivation Solenoid
        • Cylinder Head Assemblies
        • DECEL Valves
        • Deflectors
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks And Tubes
        • Distributor Advances And Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Boots And Shields
        • Distributor Caps
        • Distributor Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Rotors
        • Distributor Shields
        • Distributors
        • Early Fuel Evaporation Valves (Heat Riser Assemblies)
        • EGR Coolers
        • EGR Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Intake And Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Plates And Coolers
        • Electronic Spark Control Modules
        • Electronic Transmission Control Devices
        • Electronic Transmission Feedback Devices
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensors
        • Engine Cooling Systems
        • Engine Covers (Oil Pan, Valve Cover, Timing Cover)
        • Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Engine Oil Canisters
        • Engine Oil Coolers (External)
        • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
        • Engine Oil Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gauges (Mechanical)
        • Engine Oil
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Filters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Devices
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canisters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Feedback Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Feedback Devices
        • Expansion Plugs
        • Fan Control Sensor
        • Fuel Accumulators And Dampers
        • Fuel And Cold Start Injectors
        • Fuel Caps
        • Fuel Dampers
        • Fuel Delivery Check Valves
        • Fuel Distributors (BOSCH Cis)
        • Fuel Filler Necks And RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel Filters
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning
        • Fuel Injectors
        • Fuel Level Senders
        • Fuel Pressure Regulators
        • Fuel Pumps (In-Tank, External, Electrical Or Mechanical)
        • Fuel Rails
        • Fuel RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel System Cleaning Service
        • Fuel Tanks
        • Fuel
        • Gaskets
        • Grommets (Valve Cover)
        • Harmonic Dampers
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Hose Clamps
        • Hose Connectors
        • Hose Couplers
        • Hoses And Tube Couplers, Connectors And Clamps
        • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
        • Housings
        • Idle Air Controls
        • Idle Speed Control Actuators
        • Ignition Boots
        • Ignition Coil Towers
        • Ignition Coils
        • Ignition Control Modules (ICM)
        • Ignition Switches
        • Ignition Terminals
        • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
        • Inertia Fuel Shut-Off Switches
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensors
        • Intake Cleaning
        • Intake Manifolds
        • In-Tank Fuel Strainers
        • INTERCOOLERS
        • Knock Sensors
        • Liquid Vapor Separators
        • Long Block Assemblies
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (Map) Sensors
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensors
        • Metal Air Manifolds And Pipes
        • Metal Air Pipes
        • Mix Control Solenoids
        • Motor Mounts
        • O2 Sensors
        • Oil Pans
        • Oil Pressure Sending Units
        • Oil Pump Pick-Up Screens
        • Oil Pumps
        • O-Rings, Gaskets, Seals And Spring Locks
        • Park Neutral Position Switches
        • PCV Breather Elements
        • PCV Orifices
        • PCV Valves
        • Pick-Up Assemblies (Includes Magnetic, Hall Effect And Optical)
        • Power Steering Pressure Sensors
        • Powertrain Control Modules (Pcm) And Prom
        • Powertrain Control Prom
        • Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Blades
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiators
        • Roll Over Valves
        • Sealing Compounds
        • Seals
        • Secondary Air Injection System Management Devices
        • Sensors
        • Short Block Assemblies
        • Shrouds, Baffles And Deflectors
        • Spark Plugs
        • Spring Locks
        • Super Chargers
        • Switches
        • Thermal Vacuum Valves
        • Thermostatic Air Door Assemblies
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Throttle Bodies
        • Throttle Body Cleaning
        • Throttle Cables
        • Throttle Linkages And Cables
        • Throttle Position Sensors
        • Throttle Position Switches
        • Timing Belt Sprockets
        • Timing Belts
        • Timing Covers
        • Torque Struts
        • Transmission Range Switches
        • Tube Clamps
        • Tube Connectors
        • Tube Couplers
        • Tubes
        • Turbo Chargers
        • Vacuum Connections
        • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
        • Vacuum Regulator Solenoids
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valve Covers
        • Vehicle Speed Senors
        • Volume Air Flow Sensors
        • Waste Gate And Boost Control Mechanisms
        • Waste Gate Control Solenoids
        • Water Pumps (Electric)
        • Water Pumps (Non-Electric)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Parasitic Load Explanation & Test Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • General Information
      • Testing For Parasitic Load
        • Notes
        • CHRYSLER Ignition Off Draw (IOD) Test
        • Test Procedure Using Test Switch
        • Intermittent Parasitic Load Problems
        • Diode Check & Solenoid Test
        • Quad Driver Test
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
    • Waveforms - Injector Pattern Tutorial - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose Of This Article
        • Notes
        • Scope Of This Article
      • Is A Lab Scope Necessary?
        • Introduction
        • Overview Of NOID Light
          • Notes
          • Use the Right Noid Light
        • Overview Of DVOM
          • Notes
          • Checking Injector Resistance
          • Checking Available Voltage At the Injector
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Built-In Function
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Dwell Or Duty
          • How A Duty Cycle Meter and Dwell Meter Work
          • Strengths of Dwell/Duty Meter
          • Weaknesses of Dwell/Duty Meter
      • The Two Types Of Injector Drivers
        • Notes
        • Overview
        • Voltage Controlled Circuit ("Saturated Switch")
        • Current Controlled Circuit ("Peak & Hold")
      • The Two Ways Injector Circuits Are Wired
      • Interpreting Injector Waveforms
        • Notes
        • Interpreting A Voltage Controlled Pattern
        • Interpreting A Current Controlled Pattern
      • Current Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
      • Voltage Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
  • Map - Exhaust Systems
    • Exhaust Systems
      • Notes
      • Map Standards Of Service
      • The Map Process - Overview
      • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Catalytic Converters
      • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
      • Exhaust Connections
      • Hangers
      • Heat Risers (Mechanical EFE Devices)
      • Heat Shields
      • Manifolds (Cast And Tube Type)
      • Mechanical EFE Devices
      • Muffler Valve
      • Mufflers And Resonators
    • Reason Code Explanation
  • Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
    • Map - Heating, Ventilation, & Air Conditioning
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accumulators
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Air Conditioning Fittings
        • Air Conditioning Hoses
        • Air Conditioning Metal Lines
        • Air Control Doors
        • Air Dams (External)
        • Air Distribution System
        • Belts
        • Blend Doors
        • Blower Fans (Blower Wheel Or Squirrel Cage)
        • Blower Motors
        • Blower Resistors
        • Blower Switches
        • Cabin Air Filters
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Compressor Clutch Assemblies
        • Compressors
        • Condenser Air Seals
        • Condenser Fan Motors
        • Condensers
        • Connectors
        • Control Cables
        • Control Heads (Function Selectors)
        • Control Linkages
        • Control Modules
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Blades
        • Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Evaporator Drain Tubes
        • Evaporator Filters
        • Evaporator Pressure Regulators (EPRS)
        • Evaporators
        • Expansion Valves
        • Function Selectors
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gaskets
        • Heater Cases
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Heater Hoses
        • High Pressure Relief Valves (HPRV)
        • Idlers
        • In-Line Filters
        • Metal Fittings
        • Metal Lines
        • Mix And Air Control Doors (Blend Doors)
        • ORIFACE Tubes
        • O-Rings
        • Pilot-Operated Absolutes (POAS)
        • Plenums
        • Pressure Control Valves
        • Pressure Sensors
        • Pulleys
        • Radiators
        • Receiver-DRIERS
        • Refrigerant Oil
        • Refrigerant
        • Relays
        • Seals
        • Service Ports
        • Spring Lock Couplings
        • Suction Throttling Valves (STVS)
        • Switches (Electrical)
        • TENSIONERS
        • Thermistors And Pressure Sensors
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
        • Vacuum Reservoirs
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valves In Receiver (VIRS)
        • Water Pumps (Electric Auxiliary)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Hoist/Jack
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle Identification
        • VIN Derivative
        • Label - Vehicle Certification
        • Tire Placard
        • Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • Notes
          • 3.1L Engine Identification Location
          • 3.8L Engine VIN Derivative Location
        • Engine and Transmission Usage
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Labeling - Anti-Theft
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
          • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Notes
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Key Identification and Usage
          • Cutting Keys
          • Replacement Lock Cylinders
          • Lock Cylinder Tumbler Operation
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Coding All Lock Cylinders Except Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • Capping Procedure for Lock Cylinders with Press-On Caps
          • Capping Procedure for Lock Cylinders without Press-On Caps
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting-Frame Contact Lift
            • Front Lift Pads
            • Rear Lift Pads
          • Vehicle Lifting-Suspension Contact Lift
          • Vehicle Jacking
            • Under the Front Frame
            • Under the Center of the Rear Suspension
          • Supporting the Vehicle with Jackstands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • General Information -- Transmission Overhaul
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Notes
          • GMCL (General Motors of Canada Ltd)
            • Dealers
            • Fleets
          • United States
            • Dealers
            • Fleets
            • Non-GM Dealer Technician
        • Vehicle Identification
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (Passenger Car Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (M/L and G Van Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (Silverado and Sierra Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (C/K Chassis and Utility Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (S/T Truck Applications)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (Corvette T56 and 4L60-E)
          • Notes
          • Borg Warner T-56 Manual Transmission
          • Hydra-Matic 4L60E Automatic Transmission
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (AF23-5)
        • Transmission Identification Tag (AF23-5)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4L60-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4T80-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4L80-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4T40-E/4T45-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4T65-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (5L40-E)
        • Transfer Case Identification (New Venture Gear)
        • Transfer Case Identification (Borg Warner)
        • Transfer Case Identification (Isuzu T150)
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Tools Required
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
  • Identification
    • CANADIAN Model Cross-Reference
      • * Please Read This First *
      • ACURA
      • ASUNA
      • AUDI
      • BMW
      • CHRYSLER Corp.
        • CHRYSLER
        • Dodge
        • Eagle
        • PLYMOUTH
      • General Motors
        • BUICK
        • CHEVROLET
        • GMC
        • OLDSMOBILE
        • Optima
        • PONTIAC
      • HYUNDAI
      • Jaguar
      • KIA
      • MAZDA
      • MERCEDES-BENZ
      • Mercury
      • MERKUR
      • MITSUBISHI
      • NISSAN
      • RENAULT
      • SATURN
      • Smart
      • SUBARU
      • SUZUKI
      • TOYOTA
      • VOLKSWAGEN
      • VOLVO
      • All Others
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle Identification
        • VIN Derivative
        • Label - Vehicle Certification
        • Tire Placard
        • Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • Notes
          • 3.1L Engine Identification Location
          • 3.8L Engine VIN Derivative Location
        • Engine and Transmission Usage
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Labeling - Anti-Theft
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
          • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Notes
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Key Identification and Usage
          • Cutting Keys
          • Replacement Lock Cylinders
          • Lock Cylinder Tumbler Operation
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Coding All Lock Cylinders Except Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • Capping Procedure for Lock Cylinders with Press-On Caps
          • Capping Procedure for Lock Cylinders without Press-On Caps
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting-Frame Contact Lift
            • Front Lift Pads
            • Rear Lift Pads
          • Vehicle Lifting-Suspension Contact Lift
          • Vehicle Jacking
            • Under the Front Frame
            • Under the Center of the Rear Suspension
          • Supporting the Vehicle with Jackstands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • General Information -- Transmission Overhaul
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Notes
          • GMCL (General Motors of Canada Ltd)
            • Dealers
            • Fleets
          • United States
            • Dealers
            • Fleets
            • Non-GM Dealer Technician
        • Vehicle Identification
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (Passenger Car Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (M/L and G Van Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (Silverado and Sierra Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (C/K Chassis and Utility Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (S/T Truck Applications)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (Corvette T56 and 4L60-E)
          • Notes
          • Borg Warner T-56 Manual Transmission
          • Hydra-Matic 4L60E Automatic Transmission
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (AF23-5)
        • Transmission Identification Tag (AF23-5)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4L60-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4T80-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4L80-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4T40-E/4T45-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4T65-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (5L40-E)
        • Transfer Case Identification (New Venture Gear)
        • Transfer Case Identification (Borg Warner)
        • Transfer Case Identification (Isuzu T150)
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Tools Required
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
  • Metric Conversions
    • Engine Displacement Conversion Table - ECAT
      • Conversion Table
    • Metric Conversions
      • Metric Conversions
        • Notes
        • Length
        • Volume
        • Torque
        • Pressure
      • Conversion Factors
  • OEM General Information
    • Automatic Stop/Start Disable
      • Auto Stop/Start Disable
        • Notes
        • Disable Conditions
        • Disable Button
    • Cautions And Notices
      • Introduction
        • Definition of Caution, Notice, and Important
          • Notes
          • CAUTION Defined
          • NOTICE Defined
          • IMPORTANT Defined
        • ABS Component Handling Caution
        • Approved Equipment for Collision Repair Caution
        • Assistant Driving Caution
        • Automatic Transaxle Range Selector Cable Caution
        • Batteries Produce Explosive Gases Caution
        • Battery Disconnect Caution
        • Brake Dust Caution
        • Brake Fluid Irritant Caution
        • Breathing R-134a Caution
        • Cleaning Solvent Caution
        • Electric Coolant Fan Caution
        • Express Window Down Caution
        • Eye Protection Caution
        • Failure to Prep Primer Caution
        • Fuel and EVAP Pipe Caution
        • Fuel Gage Leak Caution
        • Fuel Pipe Fitting Caution
        • Fuel Storage Caution
        • Gasoline/Gasoline Vapors Caution
        • Glass and Sheet Metal Handling Caution
        • Halogen Bulb Caution
        • Hot Exhaust System Caution
        • Lower O-Ring Removal Caution
        • Moving Parts and Hot Surfaces Caution
        • Radiator Cap Removal Caution
        • Relieving Fuel Pressure Caution
        • Road Test Caution
        • Safety Glasses Caution
        • Safety Glasses and Compressed Air Caution
        • Safety Goggles and Fuel Caution
        • SIR Caution
        • SIR Deployed Inflator Modules Are Hot Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Coil Caution
        • SIR Inflatable Module Deployment Outside Vehicle Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Disposal Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Handling and Storage Caution
        • SIR Special Tool Caution
        • Vehicle Lifting Caution
        • Window Retention Caution
        • Work Stall Test Caution
        • Air in the Power Steering System Notice
        • Anti-Corrosion Materials Notice
        • Belt Dressing Notice
        • Brake Caliper Notice
        • Brake Fluid Effects on Paint and Electrical Components Notice
        • Catalytic Converter Movement Notice
        • Clean, Dry, Low Pressure Gas Source Notice
        • Clearcoat/Ultraviolet Screeners Notice
        • Component Fastener Tightening Notice
        • Connector Test Adapter Kit J 35616-A Notice
        • Cover and Plug Openings Notice
        • Emission Modification Notice
        • Engine Emission Notice
        • Excessive Force and Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Exterior Trim Emblem Removal Notice
        • Fastener Notice
        • Fuel Pressure Notice
        • Fuel Rail Notice
        • Fuel System Ground Notice
        • Fuel Tank Strap Fastener Notice
        • Handling ESD Sensitive Parts Notice
        • Handling IAC Valve Notice
        • Heated Oxygen and Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Ignition OFF When Disconnecting Battery Notice
        • Installing Hoses without Twists or Bends Notice
        • Liftgate Assist Rod Notice
        • Nylon Fuel Lines Notice
        • Nylon Pipes Notice
        • OBDII Symbol Description Notice
        • Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • PCM and ESD Notice
        • Pipe Wrench Positioning Notice
        • Rail Sectioning Locations Notice
        • Service Programming System (SPS) Notice
        • Silicon Contamination of Heated Oxygen Sensors Notice
        • Single Cylinder Flooding Notice
        • Special Fastener Notice
        • Steering Wheel in the Full Turn Position Notice
        • Tape Corners of Panel Notice
        • Test Probe Notice
        • Three-Way Catalytic Converter Damage Notice
        • Transmission Overfill Notice
        • Using Proper Power Steering Fluid Notice
    • Cautions And Notices - Transmission/Transfer Case
      • Introduction
        • Definition of Caution, Notice, and Important
          • Notes
          • CAUTION Defined
          • NOTICE Defined
          • IMPORTANT Defined
        • Checking Hot Transmission Fluid through Drain Plug Hole Caution
        • Handling Preheated Parts Caution
        • Safety Glasses Caution
        • Valve Springs Can Be Tightly Compressed Caution
        • 3-5 Reverse Clutch Backing Plate Rivet Damage Notice
        • Component Fastener Tightening Notice
        • Emission Modification Notice
        • Fastener Notice
        • Heating Transmission Component Notice
        • Machined Surface Damage Notice
        • Torque Converter Housing/Low and Reverse Clutch Housing Bolt Size Notice
        • Transfer Case Bearing Removal Notice
        • Transfer Case Seal Removal Notice
    • Engine Controls - Strategy Based Engine Diagnosis
      • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle Identification
        • VIN Derivative
        • Label - Vehicle Certification
        • Tire Placard
        • Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • Notes
          • 3.1L Engine Identification Location
          • 3.8L Engine VIN Derivative Location
        • Engine and Transmission Usage
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Labeling - Anti-Theft
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
          • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Notes
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Key Identification and Usage
          • Cutting Keys
          • Replacement Lock Cylinders
          • Lock Cylinder Tumbler Operation
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Coding All Lock Cylinders Except Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • Capping Procedure for Lock Cylinders with Press-On Caps
          • Capping Procedure for Lock Cylinders without Press-On Caps
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting-Frame Contact Lift
            • Front Lift Pads
            • Rear Lift Pads
          • Vehicle Lifting-Suspension Contact Lift
          • Vehicle Jacking
            • Under the Front Frame
            • Under the Center of the Rear Suspension
          • Supporting the Vehicle with Jackstands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • General Information -- Transmission Overhaul
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Notes
          • GMCL (General Motors of Canada Ltd)
            • Dealers
            • Fleets
          • United States
            • Dealers
            • Fleets
            • Non-GM Dealer Technician
        • Vehicle Identification
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (Passenger Car Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (M/L and G Van Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (Silverado and Sierra Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (C/K Chassis and Utility Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (S/T Truck Applications)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (Corvette T56 and 4L60-E)
          • Notes
          • Borg Warner T-56 Manual Transmission
          • Hydra-Matic 4L60E Automatic Transmission
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (AF23-5)
        • Transmission Identification Tag (AF23-5)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4L60-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4T80-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4L80-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4T40-E/4T45-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4T65-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (5L40-E)
        • Transfer Case Identification (New Venture Gear)
        • Transfer Case Identification (Borg Warner)
        • Transfer Case Identification (Isuzu T150)
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Tools Required
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
    • Gm Vehicles Cautions & Notices
      • Cautions & Notices
        • Definition Of Caution, Notice, & Important
          • Notes
          • CAUTION Defined
          • NOTICE Defined
          • IMPORTANT Defined
        • Abs Component Handling Caution
        • Actions To Take When Working With Fuel Caution
        • Approved Equipment For Collision Repair Caution
        • Assistant Driving Caution
        • Batteries Produce Explosive Gases Caution
        • Battery Disconnect Caution
        • Brake Dust Caution
        • Brake Fluid Irritant Caution
        • Brake Pipe Replacement Caution
        • Breathing R-134A Caution
        • Cleaning Solvent Caution
        • Clutch Dust Caution
        • Defroster Outlet Caution
        • Door Outer Panel Replacement Caution
        • Electric Coolant Fan Caution
        • Express Window Down Caution
        • Eye Protection Caution
        • Foam Sound DEADENERS Caution
        • Floor Jack Caution
        • Fuel & EVAP Pipe Caution
        • Fuel Gage Leak Caution
        • Fuel Pipe Fitting Caution
        • Fuel Rail Stop Bracket Installation Caution
        • Fuel Storage Caution
        • Fuel Vapors In Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Components Caution
        • Gasoline/Gasoline Vapors Caution
        • Glass & Sheet Metal Handling Caution
        • Halogen Bulb Caution
        • Hood Hold-Open Device Caution
        • Hot Exhaust System Caution
        • Lower O-Ring Removal Caution
        • Moving Parts & Hot Surfaces Caution
        • Protective Goggles & Glove Caution
        • Radiator Cap Removal Caution
        • Relieving Fuel Pressure Caution
        • Replacement Carpet Caution
        • Road Test Caution
        • Safety Glasses Caution
        • Safety Glasses & Compressed Air Caution
        • Safety Goggles & Fuel Caution
        • Servicing The Sir System Caution
        • Sir Caution
        • Sir Deployed Inflator Modules Are Hot Caution
        • Sir Handling Caution
        • Sir Inflator Module Coil Caution
        • Sir Inflatable Module Deployment Outside Vehicle Caution
        • Sir Inflator Module Disposal Caution
        • Sir Inflator Module Handling & Storage Caution
        • Sir Special Tool Caution
        • Tilt Spring Caution
        • Valve Springs Can Be Tightly Compressed Caution
        • Vehicle Lifting Caution
        • Window Retention Caution
        • Work Stall Test Caution
        • Air In The Power Steering System Notice
        • Anti-Corrosion Materials Notice
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Notice
        • Belt Dressing Notice
        • Brake Caliper Notice
        • Brake Caliper Supporting To Prevent Hose Damage Notice
        • Brake Fluid Effects On Paint & Electrical Components Notice
        • Clean, Dry, Low Pressure Gas Source Notice
        • CLEARCOAT/Ultraviolet Screeners Notice
        • Component Fastener Tightening Notice
        • Differential Housing Cover & Gasket Removal Notice
        • Do Not Depress Brake Pedal With Rotors/Drums Removed Notice
        • Electrical Wiring Routing Notice
        • Emission Modification Notice
        • Engine Emission Notice
        • Engine Lifting Notice
        • Engine Mounting Notice
        • Excessive Force & Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Exhaust System Inspection Notice
        • Exterior Trim Emblem Removal Notice
        • Fastener Notice
        • Flex DECOUPLER Notice
        • Fuel & Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hose/Pipe Connection Cleaning Notice
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test Notice
        • Fuel Pressure Notice
        • Fuel System Ground Notice
        • Fuel Tank Strap Fastener Notice
        • Handling Bearing Inserts Notice
        • Handling ESD Sensitive Parts Notice
        • Handling IAC Valve Notice
        • Heated Oxygen & Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Ignition Off When Disconnecting Battery Notice
        • Installing Hoses Without Twists Or Bends Notice
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Servicing Notice
        • Latched DTC B1018, B1024 Notice (SDM-RSD)
        • Liftgate Assist Rod Notice
        • Machined Surface Damage Notice
        • Nylon Fuel Lines Notice
        • OBDII System Description Notice
        • OBDII Symbol Description Notice
        • Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Pcm & ESD Notice
        • Pinion Flange/Yoke Installation Notice
        • Pipe Wrench Positioning Notice
        • Power Steering Hose Disconnected Notice
        • Properly Secured Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Pipe Notice
        • Ring Gear Removal Notice
        • Sealant Notice
        • Service Programming System (SPS) Notice
        • Servicing And Replacing Seat Belts Notice
        • Servicing The Level Sensor Notice
        • Silicon Contamination Of Heated Oxygen Sensors Notice
        • Single Cylinder Flooding Notice
        • Spark Plug Boot Removal Notice
        • Special Fastener Notice
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Damage Notice
        • Steering Gear Preload Adjustment Notice
        • Steering Wheel In The Full Turn Position Notice
        • Suspension Spring Handling Notice
        • Test Lamp To Ignition Control Module Circuit Connector Notice
        • Test Probe Notice
        • Transfer Case Seal Removal Notice
        • Valve Lifter Priming Notice
    • Vehicle DTC Information
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle
    • Vibration Symptoms Diagnosis And Correction
      • Specifications
        • Tire and Wheel Runout Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Vibration Diagnostic Process
          • Preliminary Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Analysis - Road Testing
          • Test Description
        • Component Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Tire and Wheel Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Component Rotational Speed Worksheet
        • Vibration Analysis - Tire and Wheel
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Hub and/or Axle Input
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine
          • Test Description
        • Engine Order Classification
          • Engine First Order Classification
          • Engine Firing Frequency Classification
          • Other Engine Order Classification
          • Engine Driven Accessories Related to Engine Order
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine/Accessory Isolation
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine Balance
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Intermittent or Not Duplicated
          • Notes
          • Specific Conditions Can Affect the Condition
          • Temperature, Ground-Out, Accessory Load
            • Flat Spots on Tires
            • Irregular Wear on Tire Treads
            • Exhaust System Growth
          • Vehicle Payload
            • Notes
            • Heavy Payload
            • Trailer Towing
          • Roadway Selection
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Component Not Identified
          • Notes
          • Aftermarket Add-On Accessories
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Difficult to Isolate/Balance Component
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Appears to Be Potential Operating Characteristic
          • Notes
          • Check Service Bulletins
        • Symptoms - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Symptom Tables
        • Vehicle-to-Vehicle Diagnostic Comparison
        • Tire and Wheel Inspection
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - On-Vehicle
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - Off-Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Wheel Runout Measurement - Tire Dismounted
        • Brake Rotor/Drum Balance Inspection
        • Hub/Axle Flange and Wheel Stud Runout Inspection
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Isolation Test
          • Force Variation
          • Radial Force Variation
          • Lateral Force Runout
          • Isolation Test Procedure
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - Off-Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration Test
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing Guidelines
            • Notes
            • Static Balance
            • Dynamic Balance
          • Balancing Procedure
          • Wheel Weight Usage
            • Notes
            • Clip-on Weights
          • Wheel Weight Placement - Clip-on Weights
          • Adhesive Weights
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - On-Vehicle
        • Tire-to-Wheel Match-Mounting (Vectoring)
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly-to-Hub/Axle Flange Match-Mounting
      • Description and Operation
        • Vibration Theory and Terminology
          • Vibration Theory
          • Basic Vibration Terminology
          • Cycle
          • Frequency
          • Amplitude
          • Free Vibration
          • Forced Vibration
          • Centrifugal Force Due to an Imbalance
          • Natural or Resonant Frequency
          • Resonance
          • Damping
          • Beating (Phasing)
          • Order
        • Electronic Vibration Analyzer (EVA) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • EVA Vibration Sensor
            • Notes
            • EVA Vibration Sensor Placement
            • EVA Vibration Sensor-to-Component Attachment
          • EVA Software Cartridge
          • EVA Smart Strobe Function
          • EVA Strobe Balancing Function
          • Averaging/Non-Averaging Modes
          • EVA Display
        • Vibrate Software Description and Operation
        • Reed Tachometer Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Reset Procedures
    • ATEQ TPMS Reset Procedure
      • ATEQ TPMS Reset Procedure
        • Notes
        • Using Reset Button (1999-05 Models)
        • Using Scan Tool (2003-05 Models)
    • BARTEC TPMS Reset Procedure
      • BARTEC TPMS Reset Procedure
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Tire Inflation Pressure Specifications
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Using the Maintenance Schedule
        • Scheduled Maintenance
        • Additional Required Services
        • Maintenance Footnotes
          • Footnotes
        • Explanation of Scheduled Services
          • Engine Oil
            • Notes
            • What Kind of Engine Oil to Use
            • Supercharge
            • Engine Oil Additives
            • When to Change Engine Oil-GM Oil Life System
          • Tire and Wheel Inspection and Rotation
          • Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
          • Automatic Transaxle Fluid
          • Cooling System
          • Power Steering Fluid
          • Windshield Washer Fluid
          • Brake Fluid
        • GM Oil Life System - Resetting
          • Resetting Procedure
          • With Driver Information Center (DIC)
        • Owner Checks and Services
          • Notes
          • At Each Fuel Fill
            • Notes
            • Engine Oil Level
            • Engine Coolant Level
            • Windshield Washer Fluid Level
          • At Least Once a Month
            • Tire Inflation
            • Cassette Tape Player Service
          • At Least Once a Year
          • Park Brake and Automatic Transmission PARK (P) Mechanism Check
          • Underbody Flushing Service
    • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
          • Vehicles WITHOUT Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
          • Vehicles WITH Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
          • Notes
          • Vehicles with DIC (& Steering Wheel Controls)
          • Vehicles with DIC (& Turn Signal Lever Controls)
          • Vehicles without DIC (Some Models)
          • Reset Using Diagnostic Scan Tool (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
          • With Base Audio System
          • With Navigation System
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
          • With Base Audio System
          • Without DIC
          • With Navigation System
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
          • With Information Center Display
          • With Visual Information Center
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
          • Vehicles with Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Reminder Flag)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Warning Light)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Check Engine Light)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
          • Federal Emissions
          • California Emissions
      • Diesel Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Maintenance Service Reminder
        • Notes
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Message Reset
      • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
          • Notes
          • Resetting With Base Audio System
          • Resetting With Navigation System
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
      • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
        • Notes
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
          • Notes
          • Using Exterior Lamp Switch
          • Using RDS Radio, If Equipped
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
          • Notes
          • Using DIC Reset Button
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
          • Notes
          • Using DIC Reset Button
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
          • Using Reset Button (1999-05 Models)
          • Using Scan Tool (2003-05 Models)
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-52545 (Preferred)
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-50448 (Alternative)
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
    • Tire Pressure Monitor Systems
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Monitor (TPM) System
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Warning Light
      • TPMS Reset Procedures
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Monitor System RECALIBRATION
          • Notes
          • Using Reset Button
          • Using Scan Tool
      • Dismounting/Mounting Procedures
      • Torque Specifications
  • Restraints
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System - Deactivation Procedures
      • Special Care During Mechanical Repairs
      • System Operation Check
        • Notes
        • Pickups With Passenger Air Bag
        • All Models Except Pickups With Passenger Air Bag
        • Vehicles With Passenger Presence System
      • Service Precautions
      • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
        • Notes
        • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint Disabling & Enabling Zones
        • ALERO, Grand Am & MALIBU
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Astro & Safari
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Aurora, BONNEVILLE, LESABRE & Park Avenue
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Avalanche, Escalade, Escalade ESV, Escalade Ext, Sierra, SILVERADO, Suburban, TAHOE, YUKON & YUKON XL
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • AVEO
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • AZTEK & Rendezvous
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Blazer, Canyon, Colorado, Jimmy, S10 Pickup & SONOMA
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • BRAVADA, Envoy, Envoy XUV, Trailblazer, & Rainier
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Cavalier & SUNFIRE
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Century, Grand PRIX & Regal
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Classic
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Corvette
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • DEVILLE
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Express & SAVANA
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • GTO
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Impala & Monte CARLO
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • MONTANA, Silhouette & Venture
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • SEVILLE
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • SRX
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Tracker
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • XLR
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System Component Inspection & Replacement Tables.
      • General Motors (1988-04)
  • RPO Codes
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle Identification
        • VIN Derivative
        • Label - Vehicle Certification
        • Tire Placard
        • Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • Notes
          • 3.1L Engine Identification Location
          • 3.8L Engine VIN Derivative Location
        • Engine and Transmission Usage
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Labeling - Anti-Theft
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
          • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Notes
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Key Identification and Usage
          • Cutting Keys
          • Replacement Lock Cylinders
          • Lock Cylinder Tumbler Operation
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Coding All Lock Cylinders Except Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • Capping Procedure for Lock Cylinders with Press-On Caps
          • Capping Procedure for Lock Cylinders without Press-On Caps
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting-Frame Contact Lift
            • Front Lift Pads
            • Rear Lift Pads
          • Vehicle Lifting-Suspension Contact Lift
          • Vehicle Jacking
            • Under the Front Frame
            • Under the Center of the Rear Suspension
          • Supporting the Vehicle with Jackstands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Specifications Index
    • Common Specs & Procedures
      • Air Conditioning
        • Automatic System
          • Auto A/C Service Specifications
          • Auto A/C Torque Specifications
        • Manual System
          • Manul A/C Service Specifications
          • Manual A/C Torque Specifications
      • Axle Nut/Hub Nut
      • Battery
        • Battery Service Specifications
      • Brakes
        • Bleeding Sequence
          • Notes
          • Brake Bleeding Specifications
        • Brake Specifications
          • Brake Service Specifications
        • Torque Specifications
      • Charging System
        • Generator
          • Generator Service Specifications
          • Generator Torque Specifications
      • Drive Belts
        • Adjustment
          • Drive Belt Specifications & Procedures
        • Drive Belt Routing
      • Engine Cooling
        • Service Specifications
        • Torque Specifications
        • Radiator Cap Pressure
        • Thermostat Removal & Installation
        • Water Pump Removal & Installation
      • Engine Mechanical
        • 3.1L - Century
          • Compression
          • Oil Pressure
          • Overhaul Specifications
          • Torque Specifications
        • 3.8L - Regal
          • Overhaul Specifications
          • Torque Specifications
      • Fluid Specifications
      • Flywheel/Flex Plate Torque
      • Fuel System
        • Fuel Pressure
          • Fuel Pressure Specifications
        • Fuel Pressure Test Procedure
        • Fuel Filter
      • Ignition
        • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
          • Firing Order Specification
        • Ignition Wires
          • Wire Routing
        • Spark Plugs
          • Spark Plug Specifications
      • Starting
        • Starter Motor
          • Notes
          • Starter Service Applications
          • Starter Torque Specifications
      • Wheel Alignment
        • Adjustment Specifications
        • Torque Specifications
      • Wheel & Tire
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque
  • Steering
    • Map - Steering, Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels & Tires
      • Steering & Suspension Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Wheel And Tire
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
      • Steering & Suspension CHECKSHEET
      • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
      • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
        • Notes
        • Active Handling
        • Active Suspension Control Modules
        • Active Variable Ratio Steering
        • Active Yaw Control
        • Adaptive Cruise Control
        • Advance TRAC
        • Air Bags
        • Air Ride Control Modules
        • Air Ride Suspension Torsion Springs (Counter Balancing)
        • Air Ride Suspension
        • Air Ride Tubes
        • Air Shocks And Air Struts
        • Air Spring Valves
        • Air Springs
        • Air Suspension Control Valves
        • Air Suspension DRIERS
        • Axle Acceleration Sensor
        • Ball Joints
        • Body Acceleration Sensor
        • Bushings
        • Center Links
        • Compressors
        • Continuous Damping Control
        • Control Arm Shafts
        • Control Arms
        • Control Modules
        • Distance Regulation Control Module
        • Distance Regulation Sensor
        • Drag Links
        • Dynamic Stability Control
        • Dynamic Stability Traction Control
        • Electronic Ride Control Shocks And Struts
        • Electronic Stability Control
        • Electronic Suspension System
        • Flex Couplers
        • Gaskets
        • Height Sensors
        • Hydraulic Hoses
        • Hydraulic Power Steering Pumps
        • Hydraulic Suspension Hoses
        • Hydraulic Suspension Pumps
        • Idler Arms
        • Intermediate Shaft U-Joints
        • King Pins
        • Modules
        • Pitman Arms
        • Power Steering Belts
        • Power Steering Coolers
        • Power Steering Fluid
        • Power Steering Hoses
        • Power Steering Lines (Steel)
        • Power Steering Pumps - Electric
        • Power Steering Pumps
        • Radar Sensor
        • Radius Arms
        • Relay Rods
        • Relays
        • Sensors
        • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
        • Spindles
        • Springs, Coil, Leaf And Torsion Bars
        • STABILITRAC
        • Stability Management System
        • Steering Angle Sensor
        • Steering Arms
        • Steering Couplers
        • Steering Dampers
        • Steering Gears (Except Rack And Pinion)
        • Steering Gears, Rack And Pinion
        • Steering Knuckles
        • Strike Out Bumpers
        • Strut Bearing Plate Assemblies
        • Strut Rods
        • Suspension Pumps (Hydraulic)
        • Sway Bar Links
        • Sway Bar Mounting Bushings
        • Sway Bars
        • Switches
        • Tie Rod Ends (Inner And Outer)
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
        • Tire Pressure Sensors
        • Tires
        • Torque Sensor
        • Torsion Springs
        • Track Bar Bushings
        • Track Bars
        • Trailing Arm Bushings
        • Trailing Arms
        • Valve Stems
        • Vehicle Dynamics Control
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Vehicle Stability Assist
        • Vehicle Stability/Skid Control
        • Warning Lamps
        • Wheel Alignment
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheels (Rims)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Wheel Alignment Theory & Operation - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Pre-Alignment Instructions
        • Notes
        • General Alignment Checks
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Camber
        • Caster
        • Toe-In Adjustment
        • Toe-Out On Turns
        • Steering Axis Inclination
  • Towing
    • General Information -- Transmission Overhaul
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Notes
          • GMCL (General Motors of Canada Ltd)
            • Dealers
            • Fleets
          • United States
            • Dealers
            • Fleets
            • Non-GM Dealer Technician
        • Vehicle Identification
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (Passenger Car Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (M/L and G Van Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (Silverado and Sierra Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (C/K Chassis and Utility Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (S/T Truck Applications)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (Corvette T56 and 4L60-E)
          • Notes
          • Borg Warner T-56 Manual Transmission
          • Hydra-Matic 4L60E Automatic Transmission
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (AF23-5)
        • Transmission Identification Tag (AF23-5)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4L60-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4T80-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4L80-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4T40-E/4T45-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4T65-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (5L40-E)
        • Transfer Case Identification (New Venture Gear)
        • Transfer Case Identification (Borg Warner)
        • Transfer Case Identification (Isuzu T150)
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Tools Required
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
  • Traction Control Disable Procedures
    • Traction Control Disable
  • Trouble Shooting - Manual Transmission - General Information
    • * Please Read This First *
    • Introduction
• Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
  • General Servicing
    • Cabin Air Filter
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Cabin Air Filter
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (1997-2003 Century, Impala, Intrigue & Regal)
          • Removal & Installation (2004-2005 Century & Regal)
          • Removal & Installation (2004-2007 Allure Canadian (2005-06), Impala, Grand Prix, LaCrosse & Monte Carlo)
  • HVAC Control Systems
    • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Refrigerant System Capacities
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning
        • Leak Testing
          • Notes
          • Refrigerant Leak Testing
          • Fluorescent Leak Detector
          • Fluorescent Dye Injection
          • Halogen Leak Detector
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) System Performance Test
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone A
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone B
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone C
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone D
        • Heating Performance Diagnostic
        • Defrosting Insufficient
        • Noise Diagnosis - Blower Motor
        • Noise Diagnosis - Air Conditioning (A/C) System
        • Noise Diagnosis - HVAC Module
        • Odor Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Odor Correction
          • Eliminating Air Conditioning Odor
        • Refrigerant Recovery and Recharging
          • Notes
          • A/C Refrigerant System Oil Charge Replenishing
        • Flushing
        • Compressor Oil Balancing
          • Draining Procedure
          • Balancing Procedure
        • Compressor Replacement (3.1L)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Replacement (3.8L)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Clutch Plate and Hub Assembly Removal (V5 - Direct Mount)
        • Compressor Clutch Plate and Hub Assembly Removal (V5 - Conventional Mount)
        • Clutch Rotor and/or Bearing Removal (V5 - Direct Mount)
        • Clutch Rotor and/or Bearing Removal (V5 - Conventional Mount)
        • Compressor Clutch Coil Removal (V5 - Direct Mount)
        • Compressor Clutch Coil Removal (V5 - Conventional Mount)
        • Compressor Control Valve Assembly Removal (V5 - Direct Mount)
        • Compressor Control Valve Assembly Removal (V5 - Conventional Mount)
        • Compressor Pressure Relief Valve Removal (V5 - Direct Mount)
        • Compressor Pressure Relief Valve Removal (V5 - Conventional Mount)
        • Compressor Control Switches Removal (V5 - Conventional Mount)
        • Compressor Control Valve Assembly Install (V5 - Direct Mount)
        • Compressor Control Valve Assembly Install (V5 - Conventional Mount)
        • Compressor Clutch Plate/Hub Assembly Install (V5 - Direct Mount)
        • Compressor Clutch Plate/Hub Assembly Install (V5 - Conventional Mount)
        • Clutch Rotor and/or Bearing Install (V5 - Direct Mount)
        • Clutch Rotor and/or Bearing Install (V5 - Conventional Mount)
        • Compressor Clutch Coil Install (V5 - Direct Mount)
        • Compressor Clutch Coil Install (V5 - Conventional Mount)
        • Compressor Pressure Relief Valve Install (V5 - Direct Mount)
        • Compressor Pressure Relief Valve Install (V5 - Conventional Mount)
        • Compressor Control Switches Install
        • Compressor Leak Testing (CVC7)
        • Compressor Leak Testing (V5 - Conventional Mount)
        • Clutch Rotor and/or Bearing Replacement (V-5 Direct Mount)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Clutch Rotor and/or Bearing Replacement (V-5 Conventional Mount)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Washer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • O-Ring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Hose Assembly Replacement (3.1L)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Hose Assembly Replacement (3.8L)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Condenser Tube Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Tube Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accumulator Tube Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Filter Installation
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Filter Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Expansion (Orifice) Tube Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Relay Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Service Ports Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Condenser Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accumulator Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Module Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Core Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Inlet (3.1L)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Inlet (3.8L)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Outlet (3.1L)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Outlet (3.8L)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Pipe Replacement - Inlet (3.1L)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Pipe Adapter Replacement - Inlet (3.8L)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Pipe Adapter Replacement - Outlet (3.8L)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Passenger Compartment Air Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Deflector Replacement - Instrument Panel Air
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Distribution Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Replacement - Defroster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Door Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Door Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vent Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Core Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Distribution Ducts Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • HVAC Systems - Automatic
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Sensor Resistance Table (Inside Air Temperature Sensor-Ohms)
        • Sensor Resistance Table (Outside Air Temperature Sensor-Ohms)
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • HVAC Schematics
        • HVAC Vacuum Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • HVAC Component Views
        • HVAC Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic System Check - HVAC Systems - Automatic
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0332, B0333, B0337, or B0338: Outside Air Temperature Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0348: Sunload Temperature Sensor Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0361 or B0365: Actuator Feedback Short to GND
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0363 or B0367: Actuator Feedback Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0441 or B0446: Actuator Out of Range
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0530 (L36, L67): Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0530 (LG8): Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0645 (L36, L67): Short To Ground, Open Circuit, Or Short To Voltage On Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0645 (LG8): Short To Ground, Open Circuit, Or Short To Voltage On Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - HVAC Systems - Automatic
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage
          • Test Description
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage
        • Blower Motor Always On
        • Blower Motor Inoperative
        • Blower Motor Malfunction
          • Test Description
        • Too Hot in Vehicle
          • Test Description
        • Too Cold in Vehicle
          • Test Description
        • Air Delivery Improper
          • Test Description
        • Air Recirculation Malfunction
          • Test Description
        • Vacuum Control System Diagnostic
        • Re-Calibrating Actuators
      • Repair Instructions
        • HVAC Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vacuum Control Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vacuum Tank Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Aspirator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inside Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sun Load Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Air Delivery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Blower Motor Control Processor
          • Air Speed
          • Purge Operation
          • Air Distribution
            • Notes
            • Vent Mode
            • Bi-Level Mode
            • Floor Mode
            • Mix-Blend Mode
            • Defrost Mode
          • Recirculation Operation
          • Automatic Operation
        • Air Temperature Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Air Temperature Actuator
            • Air Temperature Sensors
            • Sunload Sensor
            • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
          • Heating and A/C Operation
          • Dual Zone Operation
          • Automatic Operation
          • Engine Coolant
          • A/C Cycle
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • HVAC Systems - Manual
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • HVAC Schematics
        • HVAC Vacuum Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • HVAC Component Views
        • HVAC Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic System Check - HVAC Systems - Manual
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC P0530 (L36, L67): Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0530 (LG8): Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0645: Short To Ground, Open Circuit, Or Short To Voltage On Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - HVAC Systems - Manual
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage
          • Test Description
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage
        • Blower Motor Always On
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Malfunction
          • Test Description
        • Too Hot in Vehicle
          • Test Description
        • Too Cold in Vehicle
          • Test Description
        • Air Delivery Improper
        • Vacuum Control System Diagnostic
        • Re-Calibrating Actuators
          • Calibration Procedure
      • Repair Instructions
        • HVAC Control Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Control Vacuum Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vacuum Tank Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Air Delivery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
          • Air Speed
          • Air Distribution
            • Vent Mode
            • Bi-Level Mode
            • Floor Mode
            • Mix-Blend Mode
            • Defrost Mode
        • Air Temperature Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Air Temperature Actuator
            • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
            • Heating and A/C Operation
            • Dual Zone Operation
            • Engine Coolant
          • A/C Cycle
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Maintenance
  • Procedures
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Tire Inflation Pressure Specifications
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Using the Maintenance Schedule
        • Scheduled Maintenance
        • Additional Required Services
        • Maintenance Footnotes
          • Footnotes
        • Explanation of Scheduled Services
          • Engine Oil
            • Notes
            • What Kind of Engine Oil to Use
            • Supercharge
            • Engine Oil Additives
            • When to Change Engine Oil-GM Oil Life System
          • Tire and Wheel Inspection and Rotation
          • Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
          • Automatic Transaxle Fluid
          • Cooling System
          • Power Steering Fluid
          • Windshield Washer Fluid
          • Brake Fluid
        • GM Oil Life System - Resetting
          • Resetting Procedure
          • With Driver Information Center (DIC)
        • Owner Checks and Services
          • Notes
          • At Each Fuel Fill
            • Notes
            • Engine Oil Level
            • Engine Coolant Level
            • Windshield Washer Fluid Level
          • At Least Once a Month
            • Tire Inflation
            • Cassette Tape Player Service
          • At Least Once a Year
          • Park Brake and Automatic Transmission PARK (P) Mechanism Check
          • Underbody Flushing Service
• Restraints
  • Air Bag, SRS
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • SIR Schematic Icons
        • SIR Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • SIR Component Views
        • SIR Zone Identification Views
        • SIR Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - SIR
        • Diagnostic System Check - SIR
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0016, B0017, or B0018: Right Front/Passenger Frontal Deployment Loop (Stage 1) Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0022, B0024, or B0026: Left Front/Driver Frontal Deployment Loop (Stage 1) Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0040, B0041, or B0045: Left Front/Driver Side Deployment Loop Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0051: Deployment Commanded
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B0053: Deployment Commanded with Loop Malfunctions Present
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B0077, B0079, or B0080: Left Front/Driver Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1001: Option Configuration Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - SIR
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Air Bag Indicator Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zones
      • Repair Instructions
        • SIR Service Precautions
          • Notes
          • General Service Instructions
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 2
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 3
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 5
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 7
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 9
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Replacement (Coil)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Instrument Panel Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Replacement - LH
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
          • Notes
          • Frontal Inflator Module Deployment - Component Replacement and Inspections
          • Side Inflator Module Deployment - Component Replacement and Inspections
          • Sensor Replacement Guidelines
        • Inflator Module Handling and Scrapping
          • Notes
          • Live (Undeployed) Inflator Module
          • Scrapping Procedure
          • Deployment Procedures
          • Deployment Outside Vehicle (Steering Wheel Module, I/P Module, and Side Impact Module)
          • Deployment Inside Vehicle (Vehicle Scrapping Procedure)
      • Description and Operation
        • SIR System Description and Operation
          • SIR System Overview
          • Frontal SIR System Description
          • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM)
          • AIR BAG Indicator
          • Inflator Modules
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil
          • Side SIR System Description
          • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS)
          • Inflatable Restraint Wiring Harness
          • Steering Wheel and Column
          • Knee Bolster
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Restraints Control Systems
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Left Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Center Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Right Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Center Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Center Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shoulder Belt Guide Adjuster Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Left Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Right Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Child Seat Belt Restraint System
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement
        • Guide Replacement - Rear Seat Shoulder Belt
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator
          • Restraint System
          • Front Seat Belt System
          • Rear Seat Belt System
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Seat Belts
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Left Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Center Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Right Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Center Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Center Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shoulder Belt Guide Adjuster Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Left Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Right Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Child Seat Belt Restraint System
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement
        • Guide Replacement - Rear Seat Shoulder Belt
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator
          • Restraint System
          • Front Seat Belt System
          • Rear Seat Belt System
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Steering
  • Manual Steering
    • Power Steering System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Power Steering Pump Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Power Steering Gear Disassembled View (Magnasteer)
        • Power Steering Gear Disassembled View (Rack and Pinion)
        • Power Steering Pump Disassembled View (CB Series Pump)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
        • Symptoms - Power Steering System
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Power Steering System Test Procedure
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
        • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Steering Effort Hard in One or Both Directions
        • Steering Effort Too Easy in One or Both Directions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bleeding the Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Excessive Vacuum Drop Diagnosis
        • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid
        • Flushing the Power Steering System
        • Power Steering Pulley Replacement (3.1L)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pulley Replacement (W/3.8L)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement (3.1L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement (3.8L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Reservoir Replacement - Off Vehicle (CB Series)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Flow Control Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle (CB Series)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Outer Tie Rod End Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Cooler Pipe/Hose Replacement (L26)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pressure Pipe/Hose Replacement (3.1L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pressure Pipe/Hose Replacement (3.8L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Return Hose Replacement (3.1L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Return Hose Replacement (3.8L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Gear Rack Bearing Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle (MAGNASTEER)
        • Rack and Pinion Gear Rack Bearing Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle (Rack and Pinion)
        • Rack and Pinion Boot and Breather Tube Replacement - Off Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Tie Rod Replacement - Inner (Magnasteer)
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Tie Rod Replacement - Inner (Quiet Valve)
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Steering Gear Cylinder Pipe Assemblies/O-Ring Seals Replacement - Off Vehicle (MAGNASTEER)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Steering Gear Cylinder Pipe Assemblies/O-Ring Seals Replacement - Off Vehicle (Quiet Valve)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Steering System Description and Operation (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Power Steering System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Power Steering Pump Specifications
    • Component Locator
      • Power Steering Gear Disassembled View (Magnasteer)
      • Power Steering Gear Disassembled View (Rack and Pinion)
      • Power Steering Pump Disassembled View (CB Series Pump)
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
      • Symptoms - Power Steering System
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
      • Power Steering System Test Procedure
        • Notes
        • Test Description
      • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
      • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
      • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System
      • Steering Effort Hard in One or Both Directions
      • Steering Effort Too Easy in One or Both Directions
    • Repair Instructions
      • Bleeding the Power Steering System
        • Notes
        • Excessive Vacuum Drop Diagnosis
      • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid
      • Flushing the Power Steering System
      • Power Steering Pulley Replacement (3.1L)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pulley Replacement (W/3.8L)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Replacement (3.1L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Replacement (3.8L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Reservoir Replacement - Off Vehicle (CB Series)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Flow Control Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle (CB Series)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Outer Tie Rod End Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement - On Vehicle
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Cooler Pipe/Hose Replacement (L26)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pressure Pipe/Hose Replacement (3.1L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pressure Pipe/Hose Replacement (3.8L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Return Hose Replacement (3.1L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Return Hose Replacement (3.8L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Gear Rack Bearing Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle (MAGNASTEER)
      • Rack and Pinion Gear Rack Bearing Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle (Rack and Pinion)
      • Rack and Pinion Boot and Breather Tube Replacement - Off Vehicle
        • Tools Required
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Tie Rod Replacement - Inner (Magnasteer)
        • Tools Required
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Tie Rod Replacement - Inner (Quiet Valve)
        • Tools Required
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Steering Gear Cylinder Pipe Assemblies/O-Ring Seals Replacement - Off Vehicle (MAGNASTEER)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Steering Gear Cylinder Pipe Assemblies/O-Ring Seals Replacement - Off Vehicle (Quiet Valve)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Power Steering System Description and Operation (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Steering Wheel And Steering Column
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Column/Ignition Lock Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Steering Column Disassembled View (Column Shift)
      • Steering Column Disassembled View (Floor Shift)
      • Steering Wheel and Column Component Views
      • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms List
      • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
      • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
        • Circuit Description
        • System Operation
      • Lock System Does Not Unlock
      • Lock System Does Not Lock
      • Lock System Sticks in Start
      • Key Cannot Be Removed in the Off Lock Position
      • High Lock Effort
      • Noise in Steering Column
      • High Shift Effort
      • Looseness in Steering Column
    • Repair Instructions
      • Seal Replacement - Intermediate Steering Shaft
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
      • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement (Floor Shift)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement (Tilt Column)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Shift Lever Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Linear Shift Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tilt Lever Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Theft Deterrent Lock Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tilt Spring Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Upper Bearing Thrust Washer
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket Replacement (Column Shift)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Shaft, Lower Bearing, and Jacket Replacement (Floor Shift)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
    • Description and Operation
      • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Vehicle Steering
        • Vehicle Security - Some Vehicle Models
        • Driver Convenience
        • Driver Safety
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
• Suspension
  • Front Suspension
    • Front Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Ball Joint Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Bearing/Hub Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Knuckle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Bushings Replacement (Vertical)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Bushings Replacement (Horizontal)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suspension Strut Disposal
        • Strut, Strut Component and/or Spring Replacement
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description (Strut)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension System General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Torque Steer
        • Memory Steer
        • Poor Directional Stability
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
        • Struts or Shock Absorbers On-Vehicle Testing
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection Procedure
          • Trim Height Measurements
          • Z Height Measurement
          • D Height Measurement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Rear Suspension
    • Rear Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wheel Bearing/Hub Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Support Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knuckle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trailing Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spindle Rod Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suspension Strut Disposal
        • Strut, Strut Component and/or Spring Replacement
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension System General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Torque Steer
        • Memory Steer
        • Poor Directional Stability
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
        • Struts or Shock Absorbers On-Vehicle Testing
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection Procedure
          • Trim Height Measurements
          • Z Height Measurement
          • D Height Measurement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wheel Alignment
    • Wheel Alignment Specifications
      • Specifications
    • Wheel Alignment Specifications & Adjustment Procedures
      • Specifications
        • Wheel Alignment Specifications (Regal)
        • Wheel Alignment Specifications (Century)
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Measuring Wheel Alignment
        • Front Camber Adjustment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Toe Adjustment
        • Rear Camber Adjustment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Toe Adjustment
      • Description and Operation
        • Caster Description
        • Camber Description
        • Toe Description
        • Setback Description
        • Thrust Angles Description
        • Lead/Pull Description
        • Torque Steer Description
        • Memory Steer Description
        • Wander Description
        • Scrub Radius Description
  • Wheels & Tire System
    • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Tire Pressure Monitoring
        • Diagnostic System Check - Tire Pressure Monitoring
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2818: Low Tire Pressure System Reset Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C1245: Low Tire Pressure Detected
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Tire Pressure Monitoring
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Inoperative
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Does Not Reset
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Reset Procedure
          • Notes
          • Using the RESET button
          • Using the Scan Tool
      • Description and Operation
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Description and Operation
    • Tires And Wheels
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Tire Diagnosis - Irregular or Premature Wear
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Tire Diagnosis - Waddle Complaint
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Wheel Mounting Surface Check
        • Radial Tire Lead/Pull Correction
      • Repair Instructions
        • Aluminum Wheel Porosity Repair
        • Aluminum Wheel Refinishing
          • Notes
          • Finish Damage Evaluation Procedure
          • Refinishing Procedure
        • Tire and Wheel Removal and Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Repair
        • Tire Mounting and Dismounting
        • Tire Rotation
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description
        • Tread Wear Indicators Description
        • Metric Wheel Nuts and Bolts Description
        • Tire Inflation Description
        • Tire Chain Usage Description
        • All Seasons Tires Description
        • P-Metric Sized Tires Description
        • Replacement Wheels Description
        • Steel Wheel Repair Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Transmission
  • Automatic Trans
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T65-E (Introduction)
      • Specifications
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Transmission General Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
        • Range Reference
        • Shift Solenoid Valve State and Gear Ratio
        • Shift Speed
        • Transmission Internal Mode Switch Logic
        • Line Pressure
        • Component Resistance
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Schematic Icons
        • Automatic Transmission Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Disassembled Views
        • Component Location
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Automatic Transmission Range Selector Cable Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Range Selector Cable Adjustment
        • Park Lock Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park Lock Cable Adjustment
        • Fluid Filler Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reverse Servo Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Forward Servo Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Oil Seal Replacement - Left
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Wheel Drive Shaft Oil Seal Replacement - Right
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pressure Test Plug Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Vent Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pan Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Filter and Seal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accumulator and 2-1 Manual Servo Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermo Element Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Case Side Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fluid Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation (TCC PWM) Solenoid Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Input Speed Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pressure Control Solenoid (PCS) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Weir Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Case Extension Housing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Final Drive Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Output Shaft Replacement
          • Tool Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Hose/Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Line Quick Connect Fitting
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Connector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Radiator Oil Cooler Connector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Inspection
        • Automatic Transmission Mount Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Brace Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Mount Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Converter Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Flywheel to Torque Converter Bolt Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Transmission General Information
          • How to Use This Section
          • Basic Knowledge
          • Diagnosis
        • Definitions and Abbreviations
          • Throttle Positions
          • Shift Condition Definitions
          • Noise Conditions
          • Transmission Abbreviations
        • Transmission Identification Information
        • Transmission General Description
        • Transmission Component and System Description
        • Transmission Adaptive Functions
          • Notes
          • Upshift Adapts (1-2, 2-3 and 3-4)
          • Steady State Adapts
          • Clearing Transmission Adaptive Pressure (TAP)
        • Electronic Component Description
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Automatic Transmission Input Shaft Speed Sensor
          • 1-2 and 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valves
          • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation Solenoid Valve
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Lever Assembly-Manual Shaft Detent with Internal Mode Switch
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T65-E - Overhaul
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • End Play Specifications
        • Transfer Case Selective Washer Specifications
        • Transmission General Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
        • Model Build Information (MN3)
        • Model Build Information (MN7)
        • Model Build Information (M15)
        • Model Build Information (M76)
      • Component Locator
        • Disassembled Views
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Component Location
        • Fluid Passages
      • Repair Instructions
        • Torque Converter Assembly Removal
        • Transmission Support Fixture Assemble
        • Transfer Case Removal
        • Reverse Servo Removal
        • Forward Servo Removal
        • Pan and Filter Assembly Removal
        • Oil Filter Inspection
        • Accumulator Assembly and 2-1 Band Servo Removal
        • Control Valve Body Cover and Gaskets Disassemble
        • Wiring Harness Removal
        • Oil Pump Removal
        • Control Valve Body Assembly Removal
        • Oil Pump Drive Shaft Removal
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Removal
        • Output Shaft Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Front Differential Carrier End Play Check (FWD Only)
        • Manual Valve Link and Oil Dam Removal
        • Drive Axle Oil Seal Removal - Left
        • Case Cover Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Fourth Clutch Components Removal
        • Drive Link Stretch Check
        • Drive Sprocket, Driven Sprocket, and Drive Link Removal
        • Driven Sprocket Support Assembly Removal
        • Second Clutch and Input Clutch Removal
          • Tools Required:
          • Removal Procedure
        • Reverse Band Removal
        • Reverse Reaction Drum Removal
        • Case Extension Assembly Removal
        • Differential Carrier and Components Removal
        • Input and Reaction Carrier Removal
        • Reaction Sun Gear and Manual 2-1 Band Removal
        • 1-2 Support Drum and Forward Band Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Internal Gear Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Manual Shift Shaft Position (Internal Mode) Switch and Parking System Components Removal
        • Case Assembly Inspection
        • Case Components Disassemble
        • Case Components Assemble
        • Torque Converter Oil Seal Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Drive Sprocket Support Removal
        • Drive Sprocket Support Assemble
        • Torque Converter Oil Seal Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Manual Shift Shaft Position (Internal Mode) Switch and Parking System Components Installation
        • Differential Carrier Internal Gear Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Inspection (FWD Only)
        • Differential Carrier Disassemble (FWD Only)
        • Differential Carrier Assemble (FWD Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Reluctor Wheel Disassemble (FWD Only)
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Reluctor Wheel Assemble (FWD Only)
        • Differential Carrier Components Assemble (FWD Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Case Extension Assemble (FWD Only)
        • Forward Band Assemble
        • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch Disassemble
        • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch Assemble
        • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch Functional Check
        • 1-2 Support Drum Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • 2-1 Manual Band Assemble
        • Reaction Sun Gear and Drum Assemble
        • Input and Reaction Carrier Pinion End Play Check
        • Input and Reaction Carrier Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Reverse Reaction Drum Assemble
        • Input and Third Sprag Clutches Disassemble
        • Input and Third Sprag Clutches Assemble
        • Input and Third Sprag Clutches Functional Check
        • Input Clutch and Third Clutch Disassemble
        • Input Clutch Housing Assembly Inspection
        • Input Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve Disassemble
        • Input Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve Assemble
        • Input Clutch and Third Clutch Assemble
        • Input Clutch and Third Clutch Functional Air Check
        • Input Clutch Housing Oil Seal Rings Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Input Clutch Housing and Sprag Clutches Assemble
        • Input Clutch Housing End Play Check (FWD Only)
        • Input Clutch Housing End Play Check (F4WD Only)
        • Second Clutch Disassemble
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Second Clutch Housing Assembly Inspection
        • Second Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve Disassemble
        • Second Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve Assemble
        • Second Clutch Assemble
          • Tools Required:
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Reverse Band Assemble
        • Driven Sprocket Support Components Disassemble
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Driven Sprocket Support Components Inspection
        • Driven Sprocket Support Bearing Disassemble
        • Driven Sprocket Support Bearing Assemble
        • Driven Sprocket Support Components Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Fourth and Second Clutch Functional Air Check
        • Second, Input, Third and Sprag Clutches Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Driven Sprocket Support Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Drive Sprocket and Turbine Shaft Disassemble
        • Drive Sprocket and Turbine Shaft Assemble
        • Drive and Driven Sprocket Components Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Fourth Clutch Components Assemble
        • Case Cover Components Disassemble
        • Case Cover Components Inspection
        • Case Cover Bearing Disassemble
        • Case Cover Bearing Assemble
        • Drive Shaft Oil Seal Assemble - Left
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Case Cover Components Assemble
        • Case Cover and Gaskets Assemble
        • Manual Valve Link and Oil Dam Assemble
        • Differential Carrier End Play Check (FWD Only)
        • Drive Shaft Oil Seal Disassemble - Right (FWD Only)
        • Drive Shaft Oil Seal Assemble - Right (FWD Only)
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Assemble (FWD Only)
        • Control Valve Body Clean
        • Control Valve Body Inspection
        • Control Valve Body Disassemble (Without Touch Activated Power)
        • Control Valve Body Disassemble (With Touch Activated Power)
        • Control Valve Body Assemble (Without Touch Activated Power)
        • Control Valve Body Assemble (With Touch Activated Power)
        • Oil Pump Drive Shaft Assemble
        • Control Valve Body and Spacer Plate Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Oil Pump Components Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Components Assemble
        • Wiring Harness Assemble
        • Control Valve Body Cover and Gasket Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Thermo Element Adjustment
          • Tools Required
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • 2-1 Manual Band Servo Disassemble
        • 2-1 Manual Band Servo Assemble
        • Accumulator Components Disassemble
        • Accumulator Components Assemble
        • Accumulator Assembly, 2-1 Band Servo Assemble
        • Oil Pan and Filter Assemble
        • Forward Band Servo Components Disassemble
        • Forward Band Servo Assemble
        • Reverse Band Servo Components Disassemble
        • Reverse Band Servo Assemble
        • Transmission to Transfer Case End Play Check (F4WD Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Checking Procedure
        • Transfer Case Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Output Shaft Assemble
        • Transmission Holding Fixture Disassemble
        • Torque Converter Inspection
        • Torque Converter Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Transmission Hydraulic Diagrams
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Park - Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313)
            • Actuator Feed Limit Valve (414)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve (322)
            • Torque Signal Regulator Valve (321)
            • Line Pressure Relief Valve (324)
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly (34)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid Valve (315A)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve (315B)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 Accumulator Valves (350, 344, 341)
            • 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 Accumulator Assemblies
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Park - With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313)
            • Actuator Feed Limit Valve (414)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve (322)
            • Torque Signal Regulator Valve (321)
            • Line Pressure Relief Valve (324)
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly (34)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid Valve (315A)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve (315B)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 Accumulator Valves (350, 344, 341)
            • 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 Accumulator Assemblies
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Neutral-Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Reverse Band Assembly (615)
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Neutral - With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Reverse Band Assembly (615)
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
          • Reverse (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313)
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 5 Ball Check Valve (373)
            • Reverse Servo Assembly (39-40)
            • Reverse Band Assembly (615)
            • Input Clutch
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
          • Reverse (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313)
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 5 Ball Check Valve (373)
            • Reverse Servo Assembly (39-40)
            • Reverse Band Assembly (615)
            • Input Clutch
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 6 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Forward Servo Assembly (15-22)
            • Forward Band Assembly (688)
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315A)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315B)
            • Input Clutch
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 6 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Forward Servo Assembly (15-22)
            • Forward Band Assembly (688)
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315A)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315B)
            • Input Clutch
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315A)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • Number 2 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Second Clutch
            • Input Clutch
            • Input Sprag Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 1-2 Accumulator
            • 1-2 Accumulator Valve
            • TCC Control Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315A)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • Number 2 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Second Clutch
            • Input Clutch
            • Input Sprag Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 1-2 Accumulator
            • 1-2 Accumulator Valve
            • TCC Control Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Number 9 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • Third Clutch
            • Third Roller Clutch
            • Input Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 2-3 Accumulator
            • 2-3 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Number 9 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • Third Clutch
            • Third Roller Clutch
            • Input Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 2-3 Accumulator
            • 2-3 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Fourth Clutch
            • Third Clutch
            • Third Roller Clutch
            • Second Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Fourth Clutch
            • Third Clutch
            • Third Roller Clutch
            • Second Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Applied (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • TCC Control (PWM) Solenoid
            • TCC Regulator Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Cooler Check Valve
            • Number 1 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Converter Clutch Blow-off Valve
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Applied (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • TCC Control (PWM) Solenoid
            • TCC Regulator Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Cooler Check Valve
            • Number 1 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Converter Clutch Blow-off Valve
          • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • TCC Control (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Fourth Clutch
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
          • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • TCC Control (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Fourth Clutch
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
          • Drive Range, Manual Third (from Overdrive Range) (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Number 3 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Manual Third-Second and First Gears
          • Manual Third Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Number 3 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Manual Third-Second and First Gears
          • Drive Range, Manual Second (from Drive, Manual Third) (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 8 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • Manual 2-1 Servo Assembly (104-115)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 3-2 Manual Downshift Valve (356)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid
            • Torque Converter Clutch
          • Manual Second Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 8 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 3-2 Manual Downshift Valve (356)
            • Manual 2-1 Servo Assembly (104-115)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid
            • Torque Converter Clutch
          • Drive Range, Manual First (from Drive, Manual Second) (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 7 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • Lo Blow Off Valve (407)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Number 2 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
          • Manual First Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 7 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • Lo Blow Valve (443)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Number 2 Ball Check Valve (372)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Automatic Transaxle Hydraulic Diagrams - 4T65-E
      • Automatic Transmission System Hydraulic Diagrams
    • Automatic Transaxle, 4T65-E (Diagnostic Information & Procedures)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission
          • Notes
          • Symptoms
        • Diagnostic System Check - Automatic Transmission
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List/Type
    • Automatic Transaxle, 4T65-E (Troubleshooting)
      • Troubleshooting
        • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission
        • Range Selector Displays Incorrect Range
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure
        • Line Pressure Check Procedure
        • Road Test Procedure
          • Notes
          • Electrical Function Check
          • Upshift Control and Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply
          • Part Throttle Detent Downshift
          • Full Throttle Detent Downshift
          • Manual Downshifts
          • Coasting Downshifts
          • Manual Gear Range Selection
        • Torque Converter Diagnosis Procedure
          • Notes
          • Torque Converter Stator
          • Poor Acceleration at Low Speed
          • Poor Acceleration at High Speed
          • Noise
          • Torque Converter Clutch Shudder
          • If Shudder Occurs After TCC has Applied
          • Torque Converter Evaluation and Diagnosis
        • Torque Converter Replacement Guide
        • Flexplate/Torque Converter Vibration Test
          • Isolating Vibration
          • Indexing Torque Converter
        • Noise and Vibration Analysis
        • Clutch Plate Diagnosis
          • Composition Plates
          • Steel Plates
          • Causes of Burned Clutch Plates
        • Engine Coolant/Water in Transmission
        • Fluid Leak Diagnosis
          • General Method
          • Powder Method
          • Dye and Black Light Method
          • Find the Cause of the Leak
          • Possible Points of Fluid Leaks
        • Case Porosity Repair
        • Shift Solenoid Leak Test
        • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Flushing and Flow Test (J45096)
          • Notes
          • Cooler Flow Check and Flushing Steps
          • Machine Set-up
          • Determine Minimum Flow Rate
          • Back Flush Procedure
          • Forward Flush
          • Flow Test
          • Code Recording Procedure
          • Clean-up
        • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Flushing and Flow Test (J35944-A)
          • Notes
          • Cooler Flow Check and Flushing Steps
          • Tools Required
          • Preparation
          • Back Flush
          • Forward Flush
          • Flow Test
          • Clean-up
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Leaks
        • Incorrect Line Pressure
        • Delayed Park to Reverse/Drive Engagement
        • Harsh Park to Reverse/Drive Engagement
        • Slips in Drive or No Drive
        • Slips in Reverse or No Reverse
        • Locked Up in Drive/Reverse
        • No Park Range
        • Harsh or Soft 1-2 Shift Feel
        • Harsh or Soft 2-3/3-2 Shift Feel
        • Harsh or Soft 3-4/4-3 Shift Feel
        • High or Low Upshift or Downshift Speed
        • First and Second Gear Only (2-3 Solenoid Stuck On)
        • First and Fourth Gear Only (1-2 Solenoid Stuck On)
        • Second and Third Gear Only (1-2 Solenoid Stuck Off)
        • Third and Fourth Gear Only (2-3 Solenoid Stuck Off)
        • First Gear Only
        • Second Gear Only
        • Third Gear Only
        • Fourth Gear Only
        • Slipping or No First Gear
        • Slipping or No Second Gear
        • Slipping or No Third Gear
        • Slipping or No Fourth Gear
        • No Engine Braking in Manual Second or Low Range
        • Whine Noise Varying with RPM or Fluid Pressure
        • Popping Noise
        • Buzz Noise or High Frequency Rattle Sound
        • Whine/Growl Noise That Changes with Vehicle Speed
        • Final Drive Noise or Hum Noise
        • Noise in First, Second, Third, or Fourth
        • Noise in Random Ranges
        • Abnormal Noise in Park or Neutral Range
        • Converter Clutch Stuck On in All Gears
        • Converter Clutch Stuck On in Second, Third and Fourth Gear
        • Harsh Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply or Release
        • Converter Clutch Apply Rough, Slips, or Shudders
        • No Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply
    • Automatic Transaxle, 4T65-E Diagnosis (DTC P0218 To DTC P1822)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC P0218
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0502
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0503
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0711
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0712
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0713
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0716
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0717
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0719
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0724
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0730
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0741
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0742
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0748
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0751
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0752
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0753
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0756
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0757
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0758
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1811
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1814
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1819
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1820
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1822
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
    • Automatic Transaxle, 4T65-E Diagnosis (DTC P1823 To DTC P1887)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • DTC P1823
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1825
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1826
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1860
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1887
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
    • Shift Lock Control System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Component Views
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
        • Diagnostic System Check - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2707: Gearshift Unlock Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2708: Gearshift Unlock Circuit Range/Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Shift Lever Does Not Move with Brake Pedal Depressed (Century)
        • Shift Lever Does Not Move with Brake Pedal Depressed (Regal)
        • Shift Lever Can Be Moved without Brake Pedal Depressed (Century)
        • Shift Lever Can Be Moved without Brake Pedal Depressed (Regal)
      • Repair Instructions
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Actuator Replacement (Column Shift)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Description and Operation
          • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control System
          • Park Lock Control System (Regal)
  • Hydraulic Diagrams
    • Automatic Transaxle - 4T65-E - Overhaul
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • End Play Specifications
        • Transfer Case Selective Washer Specifications
        • Transmission General Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
        • Model Build Information (MN3)
        • Model Build Information (MN7)
        • Model Build Information (M15)
        • Model Build Information (M76)
      • Component Locator
        • Disassembled Views
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Component Location
        • Fluid Passages
      • Repair Instructions
        • Torque Converter Assembly Removal
        • Transmission Support Fixture Assemble
        • Transfer Case Removal
        • Reverse Servo Removal
        • Forward Servo Removal
        • Pan and Filter Assembly Removal
        • Oil Filter Inspection
        • Accumulator Assembly and 2-1 Band Servo Removal
        • Control Valve Body Cover and Gaskets Disassemble
        • Wiring Harness Removal
        • Oil Pump Removal
        • Control Valve Body Assembly Removal
        • Oil Pump Drive Shaft Removal
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Removal
        • Output Shaft Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Front Differential Carrier End Play Check (FWD Only)
        • Manual Valve Link and Oil Dam Removal
        • Drive Axle Oil Seal Removal - Left
        • Case Cover Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Fourth Clutch Components Removal
        • Drive Link Stretch Check
        • Drive Sprocket, Driven Sprocket, and Drive Link Removal
        • Driven Sprocket Support Assembly Removal
        • Second Clutch and Input Clutch Removal
          • Tools Required:
          • Removal Procedure
        • Reverse Band Removal
        • Reverse Reaction Drum Removal
        • Case Extension Assembly Removal
        • Differential Carrier and Components Removal
        • Input and Reaction Carrier Removal
        • Reaction Sun Gear and Manual 2-1 Band Removal
        • 1-2 Support Drum and Forward Band Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Internal Gear Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Manual Shift Shaft Position (Internal Mode) Switch and Parking System Components Removal
        • Case Assembly Inspection
        • Case Components Disassemble
        • Case Components Assemble
        • Torque Converter Oil Seal Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
        • Drive Sprocket Support Removal
        • Drive Sprocket Support Assemble
        • Torque Converter Oil Seal Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Manual Shift Shaft Position (Internal Mode) Switch and Parking System Components Installation
        • Differential Carrier Internal Gear Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Inspection (FWD Only)
        • Differential Carrier Disassemble (FWD Only)
        • Differential Carrier Assemble (FWD Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Reluctor Wheel Disassemble (FWD Only)
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Reluctor Wheel Assemble (FWD Only)
        • Differential Carrier Components Assemble (FWD Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Case Extension Assemble (FWD Only)
        • Forward Band Assemble
        • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch Disassemble
        • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch Assemble
        • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch Functional Check
        • 1-2 Support Drum Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • 2-1 Manual Band Assemble
        • Reaction Sun Gear and Drum Assemble
        • Input and Reaction Carrier Pinion End Play Check
        • Input and Reaction Carrier Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Reverse Reaction Drum Assemble
        • Input and Third Sprag Clutches Disassemble
        • Input and Third Sprag Clutches Assemble
        • Input and Third Sprag Clutches Functional Check
        • Input Clutch and Third Clutch Disassemble
        • Input Clutch Housing Assembly Inspection
        • Input Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve Disassemble
        • Input Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve Assemble
        • Input Clutch and Third Clutch Assemble
        • Input Clutch and Third Clutch Functional Air Check
        • Input Clutch Housing Oil Seal Rings Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Input Clutch Housing and Sprag Clutches Assemble
        • Input Clutch Housing End Play Check (FWD Only)
        • Input Clutch Housing End Play Check (F4WD Only)
        • Second Clutch Disassemble
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Second Clutch Housing Assembly Inspection
        • Second Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve Disassemble
        • Second Clutch Housing Ball Check Valve Assemble
        • Second Clutch Assemble
          • Tools Required:
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Reverse Band Assemble
        • Driven Sprocket Support Components Disassemble
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Driven Sprocket Support Components Inspection
        • Driven Sprocket Support Bearing Disassemble
        • Driven Sprocket Support Bearing Assemble
        • Driven Sprocket Support Components Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Fourth and Second Clutch Functional Air Check
        • Second, Input, Third and Sprag Clutches Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Driven Sprocket Support Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Drive Sprocket and Turbine Shaft Disassemble
        • Drive Sprocket and Turbine Shaft Assemble
        • Drive and Driven Sprocket Components Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Fourth Clutch Components Assemble
        • Case Cover Components Disassemble
        • Case Cover Components Inspection
        • Case Cover Bearing Disassemble
        • Case Cover Bearing Assemble
        • Drive Shaft Oil Seal Assemble - Left
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Case Cover Components Assemble
        • Case Cover and Gaskets Assemble
        • Manual Valve Link and Oil Dam Assemble
        • Differential Carrier End Play Check (FWD Only)
        • Drive Shaft Oil Seal Disassemble - Right (FWD Only)
        • Drive Shaft Oil Seal Assemble - Right (FWD Only)
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Assemble (FWD Only)
        • Control Valve Body Clean
        • Control Valve Body Inspection
        • Control Valve Body Disassemble (Without Touch Activated Power)
        • Control Valve Body Disassemble (With Touch Activated Power)
        • Control Valve Body Assemble (Without Touch Activated Power)
        • Control Valve Body Assemble (With Touch Activated Power)
        • Oil Pump Drive Shaft Assemble
        • Control Valve Body and Spacer Plate Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Oil Pump Components Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Components Assemble
        • Wiring Harness Assemble
        • Control Valve Body Cover and Gasket Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Thermo Element Adjustment
          • Tools Required
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • 2-1 Manual Band Servo Disassemble
        • 2-1 Manual Band Servo Assemble
        • Accumulator Components Disassemble
        • Accumulator Components Assemble
        • Accumulator Assembly, 2-1 Band Servo Assemble
        • Oil Pan and Filter Assemble
        • Forward Band Servo Components Disassemble
        • Forward Band Servo Assemble
        • Reverse Band Servo Components Disassemble
        • Reverse Band Servo Assemble
        • Transmission to Transfer Case End Play Check (F4WD Only)
          • Tools Required
          • Checking Procedure
        • Transfer Case Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
        • Output Shaft Assemble
        • Transmission Holding Fixture Disassemble
        • Torque Converter Inspection
        • Torque Converter Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Transmission Hydraulic Diagrams
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Park - Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313)
            • Actuator Feed Limit Valve (414)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve (322)
            • Torque Signal Regulator Valve (321)
            • Line Pressure Relief Valve (324)
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly (34)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid Valve (315A)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve (315B)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 Accumulator Valves (350, 344, 341)
            • 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 Accumulator Assemblies
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Park - With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313)
            • Actuator Feed Limit Valve (414)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve (322)
            • Torque Signal Regulator Valve (321)
            • Line Pressure Relief Valve (324)
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Assembly (34)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid Valve (315A)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve (315B)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 Accumulator Valves (350, 344, 341)
            • 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 Accumulator Assemblies
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Neutral-Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Reverse Band Assembly (615)
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
          • Park or Neutral - Engine Running (Neutral - With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Reverse Band Assembly (615)
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
          • Reverse (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313)
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 5 Ball Check Valve (373)
            • Reverse Servo Assembly (39-40)
            • Reverse Band Assembly (615)
            • Input Clutch
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
          • Reverse (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313)
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 5 Ball Check Valve (373)
            • Reverse Servo Assembly (39-40)
            • Reverse Band Assembly (615)
            • Input Clutch
            • Pressure Regulator Valve (313) (Torque Converter/Cooler and Lube Circuits)
            • TCC Control Valve (335)
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 6 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Forward Servo Assembly (15-22)
            • Forward Band Assembly (688)
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315A)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315B)
            • Input Clutch
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
          • Overdrive Range, First Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 6 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Forward Servo Assembly (15-22)
            • Forward Band Assembly (688)
            • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315A)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315B)
            • Input Clutch
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315A)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • Number 2 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Second Clutch
            • Input Clutch
            • Input Sprag Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 1-2 Accumulator
            • 1-2 Accumulator Valve
            • TCC Control Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Overdrive Range, Second Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315A)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • Number 2 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Second Clutch
            • Input Clutch
            • Input Sprag Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 1-2 Accumulator
            • 1-2 Accumulator Valve
            • TCC Control Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Number 9 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • Third Clutch
            • Third Roller Clutch
            • Input Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 2-3 Accumulator
            • 2-3 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Overdrive Range, Third Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Number 9 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • Third Clutch
            • Third Roller Clutch
            • Input Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 2-3 Accumulator
            • 2-3 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Fourth Clutch
            • Third Clutch
            • Third Roller Clutch
            • Second Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Fourth Clutch
            • Third Clutch
            • Third Roller Clutch
            • Second Clutch
            • Forward Band
            • 1-2 Support Roller Clutch
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Applied (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • TCC Control (PWM) Solenoid
            • TCC Regulator Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Cooler Check Valve
            • Number 1 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Converter Clutch Blow-off Valve
          • Overdrive Range, Fourth Gear - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Applied (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • TCC Control (PWM) Solenoid
            • TCC Regulator Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Torque Converter Clutch
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • Cooler Check Valve
            • Number 1 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Converter Clutch Blow-off Valve
          • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • TCC Control (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Fourth Clutch
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
          • Overdrive Range, 4-3 Downshift - Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Not Applied (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
            • TCC Control (PWM) Solenoid Valve
            • TCC Control Valve
            • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Fourth Clutch
            • 3-4 Accumulator
            • 3-4 Accumulator Valve
          • Drive Range, Manual Third (from Overdrive Range) (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Number 3 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Manual Third-Second and First Gears
          • Manual Third Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 3-4 Shift Valve (362)
            • Number 3 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Manual Third-Second and First Gears
          • Drive Range, Manual Second (from Drive, Manual Third) (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 8 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • Manual 2-1 Servo Assembly (104-115)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • 3-2 Manual Downshift Valve (356)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid
            • Torque Converter Clutch
          • Manual Second Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 8 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Valve (357)
            • 3-2 Manual Downshift Valve (356)
            • Manual 2-1 Servo Assembly (104-115)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid
            • Torque Converter Clutch
          • Drive Range, Manual First (from Drive, Manual Second) (Without Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 7 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • Lo Blow Off Valve (407)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Number 2 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • Pressure Regulator Valve
          • Manual First Gear (With Touch Activated Power)
            • Notes
            • Manual Valve (404)
            • Number 7 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2 Shift Valve (318)
            • Lo Blow Valve (443)
            • Number 4 Ball Check Valve (372)
            • 1-2, 3-4 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve (315)
            • Number 2 Ball Check Valve (372)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Automatic Transaxle Hydraulic Diagrams - 4T65-E
      • Automatic Transmission System Hydraulic Diagrams
• External Pages